Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

The Latin law

Толкование Перевод

1 latinitas

lătīnĭtas, ātis, f. [Latinus].
I.
Pure Latin style, Latinity:
latinitas est, quae sermonem purum conservat, ab omni vitio remotum. Vitia in sermone, quominus is latinus sit, duo possunt esse: soloecismus et barbarismus, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 12, 17:
secutus sum non dico Caecilium (malus enim auctor latinitatis est), sed Terentium,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 10.—
II.
The Latin law, also called jus Latii (v. Latium), Cic. Att. 14, 12:
urbium quasdam foederatas, latinitate vel civitate donavit,
Suet. Aug. 47.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > latinitas
2 orden

f.

1 order (mandato).

¡a la orden!, ¡a sus órdenes! (military) (yes) sir!

dar órdenes to give orders

estar a la orden del día to be the order of the day

hasta nueva orden until further notice

por orden de by order of

orden de busca y captura warrant for search and arrest

orden de compra (commerce) purchase order

orden de desahucio o desalojo (law) eviction order

orden de pago (commerce) payment order

orden de registro (law) search warrant

2 order.

orden de caballería order of knighthood

orden militar military order

3 order. ( Latin American Spanish)

¿ya les tomaron la orden? have you ordered yet?

4 kind, class, order.

Un nuevo orden de dificultad A new kind of difficulty.

5 religious order, order.

6 writ.

7 command line.

m.

1 order.

en orden tidy, in its place; (bien colocado) in order (como debe ser)

en o por orden alfabético/cronológico in alphabetical/chronological order

llamar al orden a alguien to call somebody to order

poner en orden algo to tidy something up

por orden in order

sin orden ni concierto in a haphazard way

las fuerzas del orden the forces of law and order

orden del día agenda

el orden establecido the established order

orden público law and order

2 type, order (tipo).

problemas de orden económico economic problems

del orden de around, approximately, of o in the order of

en otro orden de cosas on the other hand

* * *

orden

► nombre masculino

1 (ordenación) order

■ es un amante del orden he loves order

■ clasificados por orden alfabético classified in alphabetical order

2 BIOLOGÍA order

3 ARQUITECTURA order

■ el orden jónico the Ionic order

4 field, sphere

■ cuestiones de orden internacional international matters

► nombre femenino

1 (mandato) order

■ ¡es una orden! that's an order!

■ ¡a la orden mi comandante! right away sir!

■ siempre está dando órdenes he's always ordering people about

2 RELIGIÓN order

■ la orden franciscana the Franciscan order

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

del orden de of the order of, US on the order of

de primer orden first-rate

estar algo a la orden del día to be the done thing

por orden de aparición in order of appearance

por orden de by order of

sin orden ni concierto any old how

el orden del día the agenda

la orden del día MILITAR the order of the day

las fuerzas del orden the security forces

orden de búsqueda y captura→ link=ordenorden de detención

orden de caballería order of knighthood

orden de detención arrest warrant

■ se ha dictado una orden de detención contra Juan Gómez an order has been issued for the arrest of Juan Gómez

orden de pago order of payment

orden de registro search warrant

orden judicial court order

orden público public order, the peace, law and order

■ una alteración del orden público a breach of the peace

* * *
1. noun m.
order

- orden del día
2. noun f.
order, command

- orden judicial

* * *

1. SM

1) [en colocación, sucesión]

a) [con objetos, personas] order

fueron archivados por orden alfabético — they were filed alphabetically o in alphabetical order

se fueron sentando por orden de llegada — they sat down in order of arrival

por orden de antigüedad — in order of seniority

por orden cronológico — in chronological order

por orden de importancia — in order of importance

• poner orden en algo — to sort sth out

el ministro supo poner orden en el departamento — the minister managed to sort out o put some order into the department

los policías trataban de poner orden en aquel caos de tráfico — the police attempted to sort out the traffic chaos

voy a poner orden en mi mesa — I'm going to tidy up my desk

b)

• en orden — in order

todo en orden, mi capitán — everything is in order, captain

en orden de combate — in battle order

• poner en orden — [+ papeles, documentos] to sort out

en unas cuantas horas consiguieron poner todas sus cosas en orden — in a few hours they managed to sort everything out

poner en orden las ideas — to sort out one's ideas

- poner la casa en orden

- sin orden ni concierto

orden del día — agenda

orden natural — natural order

orden sucesorio — order of succession

2) (tb: orden social) order

el orden establecido — the established order

las fuerzas del orden — the forces of law and order

• llamar al orden — to call to order

• mantener el orden — to keep order

• restablecer el orden — to restore o reestablish order

orden público — public order, law and order

fueron detenidos por alterar el orden público — they were arrested for breach of the peace o for disturbing the peace

3) (=tipo) nature

motivos de orden moral — moral reasons

• en otro orden de cosas... — at the same time..., meanwhile...

• de primer orden — [figura] leading; [factor] of prime importance, prime

una figura política de primer orden — a leading political figure

un pensador de primer orden — a first-rate thinker

un problema de primer orden — a major problem

• en todos los órdenes — on all fronts

4)

• del orden de — in the order of, in the region of

el coste sería del orden de diez millones de dólares — the cost would be in the order o region of ten million dollars

necesitamos del orden de 1.500 euros para comprarlo — we need approximately 1,500 euros to buy it

5)

• en orden a — (=con miras a) with a view to; (=en cuanto a) with regard to

• en orden a hacer algo — in order to do sth

6) (Arquit) order

orden corintio — Corinthian order

orden dórico — Doric order

orden jónico — Ionic order

7) (Bio) order

8) (Rel) (tb: orden sacerdotal) ordination

2. SF

1) (=mandato) order

¡es una orden! — (and) that's an order!

tenemos órdenes de no dejar pasar a nadie — we are under orders not to let anybody through

• dar una orden a algn — to give sb an order, order sb

dar (la) orden de hacer algo — to give the order to do sth

• hasta nueva orden — until further notice

• por orden de — by order of

fue encarcelado por orden del juez — he was imprisoned by order of the judge

estar a la orden del día —

los robos están a la orden del día en esta zona — robberies have become the norm in this area

en los setenta llevar coleta estaba a la orden del día — in the seventies ponytails were the in thing

orden de allanamiento — LAm search warrant

orden de arresto, orden de búsqueda y captura — arrest warrant

orden de citación Méx —

orden de comparación — Méx summons, subpoena (EEUU)

orden de desalojo — eviction order

orden de detención — arrest warrant

orden del día — (Mil) order of the day

orden de registro — search warrant

orden judicial — court order

orden ministerial — ministerial order, ministerial decree

2)

• a la orden —

a) (Mil) yes, sir!

b) LAm [en tienda] what can I get you?; (=no hay de qué) you're welcome, don't mention it!

estoy a la orden para lo que necesites — if there is anything you need, just ask

c)

• a las órdenes de algn — (Mil) at sb's command; [en la policía] under sb's instructions o orders; [en otros trabajos] under sb

el personal que estará a las órdenes del nuevo director — the staff who will be working under the new director

¡a sus órdenes! — (Mil) yes sir; esp LAm at your service

3) (Mil, Hist, Rel) (=institución) order

la Orden de Calatrava — the Order of Calatrava

la Orden de San Benito — the Benedictine Order

orden de caballería — order of knighthood

orden militar — military order

orden monástica — monastic order

orden religiosa — religious order

4) pl órdenes (Rel) orders

órdenes mayores — major orders

órdenes menores — minor orders

órdenes sagradas — holy orders

5) (Com, Econ) order; Méx (=pedido) order

• cheques a la orden de Suárez — cheques (to be made) payable to Suárez

orden bancaria — banker's order

orden de compra — purchase order

orden de pago — money order

6) Méx (=ración) dish

* * *
I
femenino

1) ( mandato) order

acatar una orden — to obey an order

deja de darme órdenes — stop ordering me about

por orden del Sr Alcalde — by order of His Honour (AmE) o (BrE) Worship the Mayor

hasta nueva orden — until further notice

estamos a la orden para lo que necesite — (AmL) just let us know if there's anything we can do for you

a sus órdenes! — yes, sir!

a la orden! — (Mil) yes, sir!; ( fórmula de cortesía) (Andes, Méx, Ven) you're welcome, not at all

- orden de arresto or de busca y captura

- orden de desalojo

- orden del día

- orden de registro or de cateo

- orden judicial/ministerial

2) (Fin) order

orden bancaria — banker's order

orden de pago — order to pay

- orden permanente de pago

3) (Hist, Mil, Relig) order

- órdenes sagradas

4) (AmL) (Com) ( pedido) order
II
masculino

1)

a) (indicando colocación, jerarquía) order

en or por orden alfabético — in alphabetical order

por orden de estatura — according to height

por orden cronológico — in chronological order

por orden de antigüedad — in order of seniority

vayamos por orden — let's begin at the beginning

una necesidad de primer orden — a basic necessity

b) (armonía, concierto) order

pon un poco de orden en la habitación — straighten your room up a little (AmE), tidy your room up a bit (BrE)

poner en orden — to put in order

tengo que poner mis ideas en orden — I have to straighten (AmE) o (BrE) sort my ideas out

llamar a alguien al orden — to call somebody to order

sin orden ni concierto — without rhyme or reason

c) ( disciplina) order

mantener el orden en la clase — to keep order in the classroom

orden en la sala! — order in the court!

la policía restableció el orden — the police reestablished order

d) (de curas/monjas order; ( fraternidad) order

- orden de batalla

- orden del día

- orden natural

- orden público

- orden sacerdotal

2)

a) (frml) (carácter, índole) nature

problemas de orden económico — problems of an economic nature

b) ( cantidad)

del orden de — (frml) on the order of (AmE), in o of the order of (BrE)

c) (period) ( ámbito)

en el orden internacional — on the international front

en este orden de cosas — in this respect

en otro orden de cosas ¿qué opina de...? — moving on to something else, what do you think about...?

3)

a) (Arquit) order

b) (Biol, Zool) order

* * *
I
femenino

1) ( mandato) order

acatar una orden — to obey an order

deja de darme órdenes — stop ordering me about

por orden del Sr Alcalde — by order of His Honour (AmE) o (BrE) Worship the Mayor

hasta nueva orden — until further notice

estamos a la orden para lo que necesite — (AmL) just let us know if there's anything we can do for you

a sus órdenes! — yes, sir!

a la orden! — (Mil) yes, sir!; ( fórmula de cortesía) (Andes, Méx, Ven) you're welcome, not at all

- orden de arresto or de busca y captura

- orden de desalojo

- orden del día

- orden de registro or de cateo

- orden judicial/ministerial

2) (Fin) order

orden bancaria — banker's order

orden de pago — order to pay

- orden permanente de pago

3) (Hist, Mil, Relig) order

- órdenes sagradas

4) (AmL) (Com) ( pedido) order
II
masculino

1)

a) (indicando colocación, jerarquía) order

en or por orden alfabético — in alphabetical order

por orden de estatura — according to height

por orden cronológico — in chronological order

por orden de antigüedad — in order of seniority

vayamos por orden — let's begin at the beginning

una necesidad de primer orden — a basic necessity

b) (armonía, concierto) order

pon un poco de orden en la habitación — straighten your room up a little (AmE), tidy your room up a bit (BrE)

poner en orden — to put in order

tengo que poner mis ideas en orden — I have to straighten (AmE) o (BrE) sort my ideas out

llamar a alguien al orden — to call somebody to order

sin orden ni concierto — without rhyme or reason

c) ( disciplina) order

mantener el orden en la clase — to keep order in the classroom

orden en la sala! — order in the court!

la policía restableció el orden — the police reestablished order

d) (de curas/monjas order; ( fraternidad) order

- orden de batalla

- orden del día

- orden natural

- orden público

- orden sacerdotal

2)

a) (frml) (carácter, índole) nature

problemas de orden económico — problems of an economic nature

b) ( cantidad)

del orden de — (frml) on the order of (AmE), in o of the order of (BrE)

c) (period) ( ámbito)

en el orden internacional — on the international front

en este orden de cosas — in this respect

en otro orden de cosas ¿qué opina de...? — moving on to something else, what do you think about...?

3)

a) (Arquit) order

b) (Biol, Zool) order

* * *

orden¹

¹ = command, commandment, directive, instruction, injunction, command function, edict.

Ex: The first half of the command looks for words hit by 'FIB?' immediately followed by a word hit by 'OPTIC?'.

Ex: The commandment KOLN see COLOGNE should be sufficient cause for the rejection of the illicit proposal to establish OPERA -- KOLN.

Ex: This directive is not an instruction and does not prevent adherence to the citation order.

Ex: A command language is the language with which the search proceeds; the commands are instructions that the searcher can issue to the computer.

Ex: Familiar injunctions such as 'Enter under...' seem to have been lost.

Ex: The command function 'BASE' is used to identify the data base to be searched.

Ex: A French edict of 1571 set the maximum price of Latin textbooks in large type at 3 deniers a sheet.

* acatar + Posesivo + órdenes = march to + Posesivo + orders.

* búsqueda por medio de órdenes = command search.

* cadena de órdenes = command chain.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.

* dictar órdenes = hand down + decisions.

* ejecutar una orden = execute + command, execute + instruction.

* encadenamiento de órdenes = command chaining.

* estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.

* interfaz de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based interface.

* intérprete de órdenes = command interpreter.

* lenguaje de órdenes = command language.

* llevar a cabo una orden = execute + command.

* modalidad por órdenes = command mode.

* orden bancaria = standing order, direct debit, direct billing.

* orden de ampliar la búsqueda a los términos relacionados = explode command.

* orden de arresto = warrant for + Posesivo + arrest, arrest warrant.

* orden de comparecencia = subpoena, summons, judicial summons.

* orden de compra = purchase order.

* orden de desalojo = eviction order.

* orden de deshaucio = eviction order.

* orden de detención = arrest warrant, warrant for + Posesivo + arrest.

* orden de funcionamiento del disco = disc operating command.

* orden de mostrar los términos relacionados = expand command.

* orden de pedido = order.

* órdenes = command line operation.

* orden judicial = warrant, court order, writ.

* orden judicial de alejamiento = protection order.

* orden judicial de distanciamiento = restraining order.

* orden permanente de pago = standing account.

* orden por comportamiento antisocial = ASBO (Antisocial Behaviour Order).

* por orden de = mandated.

* por orden del congreso = congressionally mandated.

* que funciona a base de órdenes = command-driven.

orden²

² = array, order, sequence, ranking, tidiness.

Ex: A microopaque is a sheet of opaque material bearing a number of microimages in a two-dimensional array.

Ex: A catalogue is a list of the materials or items in a library, with the entries representing the items arranged in some systematic order.

Ex: A classified catalogue is a catalogue with three or four separate sequences: an author/title catalogue or index (or separate author and title catalogues), a classified subject catalogue, and a subject index to the classified catalogue.

Ex: Those documents with sufficiently high rankings will be deemed relevant and eventually retrieved.

Ex: The physical qualities that make a difference as to whether people visit woodlands or not include directional signs, good information boards and tidiness of appearance.

* agente del orden = law enforcement officer, law-enforcement official, law enforcer.

* alteración del orden = breach of the peace.

* alteración del orden público = disorderly conduct, public order offence, breach of the peace.

* alterar el orden público = breach + the peace, disturb + the peace.

* clasificar en orden de importancia = rank + in order of importance.

* del orden de = by the order of + Expresión Numérica.

* de orden inferior = lower-order.

* de orden superior = higher-order.

* de primer orden = world-class, blue chip [blue-chip], first-order [1st-order].

* de segundo orden = minor, second-order [2nd-order].

* de tercer orden = tertiary.

* en circuitos de segundo orden = in the provinces.

* en cualquier orden = either way round.

* en el mismo orden que = in sync with.

* en el orden del día = on the agenda.

* en orden de importancia = in rank order, in order.

* en orden jerárquico = in ranked order.

* en otro orden de cosas = on another topic, as for, as regards, meanwhile, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.

* falto de orden = unordered.

* fuerzas del orden = police force.

* fuerzas del orden público = police force.

* imponer orden = impose + order, bring + order.

* imponer orden en donde hay caos = bring + order out of chaos.

* mantener Algo en orden = keep + Nombre + in order.

* mantener el orden = keep + order, police.

* mantener el orden público = maintain + public order.

* Norma Británica 1749: Recomendaciones para la ordenación alfabética y el ord = BS (British Standard) 1749: Recommendations for alphabetical arrangement and the filing order of numerals and symbols.

* número de orden = rank number.

* orden alfabético = alphabetical order, alphabetic order.

* orden alfanumérico = alphanumeric order.

* ordenar por orden de importancia = rank + in order.

* orden ascendente = ascending order, ascending sequence.

* orden cronológico = chronological order.

* orden de cita = citation order, combination order.

* orden de coautoría = co-authorship order.

* orden de combinación de encabezamientos = citation order.

* orden decreciente de importancia = decreasing order of importance.

* orden de firma = co-authorship order.

* orden de importancia = pecking order, significance order.

* orden de importancia de los conceptos = significance order of terms.

* orden del día = agenda.

* orden de precedencia = order of precedence.

* orden de preferencia = order of preference.

* orden de prioridad = order of preference, priority order, pecking order, order of precedence.

* orden de registro = search warrant.

* orden descendente = descending order, descending sequence.

* orden de sucesión = order of succession.

* orden directo = direct order.

* orden geográfico = geographical order.

* orden integrado = integrated sequence.

* orden inverso = reverse order.

* orden inverso de palabras = indirect word order.

* orden mundial = world order.

* orden numérico = numerical order, numeric order.

* orden preferido = preferred order.

* orden público = public order.

* orden secuencial = sequential order.

* orden semiintegrado = semi-integrated sequence.

* orden separado = separate sequence.

* orden sistemático = classified order, systematic order.

* orden social = social order.

* orden topográfico = shelf order.

* organizar según un orden específico = organise in + Adjetivo + order.

* pensamiento de orden superior = higher-order thinking.

* poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.

* poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.

* poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos.

* por orden numérico = in numerical order.

* punto del orden del día = agenda item.

* ser del orden de + Número = be of the order of + Número.

* sin orden = unordered.

* sin orden ni concierto = higgledy-piggledy, without rhyme or reason.

* turbar el orden público = disturb + the peace, breach + the peace.

orden³

³ = order.

Ex: The taxonomic subclass of acari (mites and ticks) comprises tens of thousands of species, grouped in many families and several orders.

* ingresar en una orden religiosa = join + religious order.

* orden de caballería = knighthood.

* orden de los Agustinos = Augustinian order.

* orden de los franciscanos, la = Franciscan order, the.

* orden de los Jesuitas = Jesuit order.

* orden monástica = monastic order.

* orden religiosa = religious order.

* * *

orden¹

feminine

A

1 (mandato) order; ( Mil) order

recibieron órdenes de desalojar el local they received orders to clear the premises

acatar una orden to obey an order

está siempre dando órdenes he's always giving orders

deja de darme órdenes stop ordering me about

por orden del Sr Alcalde se hace saber que … by order of His Worship the Mayor it is announced that …

hasta nueva orden until further notice

quedo a sus órdenes para … ( Corresp) ( frml); I am at your service for … ( frml)

el coche/la casa está a sus órdenes the car/house is at your disposal

por aquí estamos a la orden para cualquier cosa que necesite ( AmL); just let us know if there's anything we can do for you o we can do to help

¡a sus órdenes! yes, sir!

2

¡a la orden! ( Mil) yes, sir!; (fórmula de cortesía) (Andes, Méx, Ven) you're welcome, not at all, it's a pleasure

Compuestos:

● orden de alejamiento

restraining order,protective order ( AmE)

● orden de arraigo

( AmL) injunction ( restricting the right to freedom of movement)

● orden de arresto

arrest warrant

● orden de busca y captura or de búsqueda y captura

arrest warrant

● orden de cateo

(Chi, Méx) search warrant

● orden de desalojo

notice to quit

● orden de detención

arrest warrant

● orden del día

( Mil) order of the day

estar a la orden del día to be the order of the day

los atracos están a la orden del día muggings are the order of the day (at the moment)

estos ordenadores están a la orden del día these computers are all the rage ( colloq)

ver tb orden² (↑ orden (2))

● orden de viaje

travel warrant

● orden judicial

court order

● orden ministerial

ministerial order o decree

B ( Fin) order

orden bancaria banker's order

orden de pago order to pay

páguese a la orden de … pay to the order of …

Compuesto:

orden permanente de pago

standing order

C (institución)

1 ( Hist, Mil) order

orden militar military order

orden de caballería order of knighthood

la Orden de Calatrava/Santiago the Order of Calatrava/Santiago

2 ( Relig) order

una orden religiosa a religious order

D ( Hist, Mil) (condecoración) order

E ( Relig) (grado) order

Compuestos:

● órdenes menores/mayores

fpl minor/major orders (pl)

● órdenes sagradas

fpl holy orders (pl)

F ( AmL) ( Com) (pedido) order

orden²

masculine

A

1 (indicando colocación, jerarquía) order

las fichas están en or por orden alfabético the cards are in alphabetical order

el orden de las palabras the order of the words

pónganse por orden de estatura line up according to height

reparto por orden de aparición cast in order of appearance

por orden cronológico in chronological order

por orden de antigüedad in order of seniority

vayamos por orden let's begin at the beginning

una necesidad de primer orden a basic necessity

2 (armonía, concierto) order

pon un poco de orden en la habitación straighten your room up a little ( AmE), tidy your room up a bit ( BrE)

puso orden en las cuentas she sorted the accounts out, she got the accounts straight

puso las páginas en orden she sorted out the pages, she put the pages in order

tengo que poner mis ideas en orden I have to sort my ideas out

no tenía los papeles en orden his documents weren't in order

¿falta algo? — no, está todo en orden is anything missing? — no, everything is in order

el nuevo orden mundial the new world order

llamar a algn al orden to call sb to order

sin orden ni concierto without rhyme or reason

3 (disciplina) order

para mantener el orden en la clase to keep order in the classroom

¡orden en la sala! order in court!

la policía restableció el orden the police reestablished order

Compuestos:

● orden de batalla

battle formation

● orden del día

agenda

el primer tema del orden del día the first item on the agenda

● orden natural

natural order

el orden natural de las cosas the natural order of things

● orden público

public order

mantener el orden público to keep the peace

lo detuvieron por alterar el orden público he was arrested for causing a breach of the peace

● orden sacerdotal or sagrado

ordination

B

1 ( frml) (carácter, índole) nature

problemas de orden económico problems of an economic nature

2

(cantidad): del orden de ( frml); on the order of ( AmE), in o of the order of ( BrE)

ingresos del orden de los 150.000 dólares receipts on o in o of the order of 150,000 dollars

3 ( period)

(ámbito): en el orden internacional on the international front

en este orden de cosas in this respect

en otro orden de cosas meanwhile

4

en orden a ( frml); with a view to

C

1 ( Arquit) order

orden dórico/jónico/corintio Doric/Ionic/Corinthian order

2 ( Biol, Zool) order

* * *

orden 1 sustantivo femenino
1 ( mandato) order;
◊ deja de darme órdenes stop ordering me about;

hasta nueva orden until further notice;
estamos a la orden para lo que necesite (AmL) just let us know if there's anything we can do for you;
¡a la orden! (Mil) yes, sir!;

( fórmula de cortesía) (Andes, Méx, Ven) you're welcome, not at all;
orden de arresto or de busca y captura arrest warrant;
orden de registro or (Chi, Méx) de cateo search warrant;
◊ orden judicial court order

2 (Fin) order;
◊ orden bancaria banker's order

3 (Hist, Mil, Relig) order
4 (AmL) ( pedido) order
orden 2 sustantivo masculino
1 ( en general) order;
en or por orden alfabético in alphabetical order;
◊ por orden de estatura according to height;

vayamos por orden let's begin at the beginning;
poner algo en orden ‹habitación/armario/juguetes› to straight sth (up) (esp AmE), to tidy sth up (esp BrE);

‹asuntos/papeles› to sort sth up;
‹ fichas› to put sth in order;
◊ mantener el orden en la clase to keep order in the classroom;

orden del día agenda;
orden público public order;
alterar el orden público to cause a breach of the peace
2
a) (frml) (carácter, índole) nature;

◊ problemas de orden económico problems of an economic nature

b) ( cantidad):

◊ del orden de (frml) on the order of (AmE), in o of the order of (BrE)

orden
I sustantivo masculino
1 (colocación, disciplina) order: hace falta un poco de orden, we need a bit of order here
orden del día, agenda
2 Arquit & Biol order
3 (tipo) nature: es un problema de orden moral, it's a moral issue
II sustantivo femenino
1 (mandato) order: no obedecimos sus órdenes, we failed to obey his orders
Jur warrant, order
orden de arresto, arrest warrant
2 Rel Mil order
la orden de los benedictinos, the Benedictine order
♦ Locuciones: Mil ¡a la orden/a sus órdenes!, yes, sir!
estar a la orden del día, to be common
llamar al orden, to call sb to order
poner en orden, to put in order: tengo que poner en orden mis ideas, I have to organize my ideas
del orden de, approximately: en el cine había del orden de mil personas, there were about one thousand people at the movies
sin orden ni concierto, without rhyme or reason
' orden' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
alteración
- atenerse
- auto
- bastante
- consigna
- desorden
- desordenar
- desordenada
- desordenado
- después
- disposición
- ejecutar
- excarcelar
- incumplir
- incumplimiento
- inversa
- inverso
- invertir
- librar
- mandamiento
- mandato
- marear
- mendicante
- perturbar
- primera
- primero
- recoger
- replicar
- respetar
- restablecer
- restablecimiento
- revolucionar
- transmitir
- trastocar
- acatar
- allanamiento
- alterar
- alzar
- anterior
- antes
- anular
- ausencia
- cumplir
- disturbio
- ejecución
- fuerza
- invertido
- lanzamiento
- llamada
- luego
English:
after
- agenda
- alphabetically
- antisocial
- arrange
- before
- bottom
- breach
- collect
- command
- comply
- court order
- disorder
- disturb
- enforce
- execute
- execution
- first
- gather
- in
- item
- keep
- next
- numerical
- obey
- order
- order of the day
- place
- prioritize
- reverse
- right
- sequence
- shall
- shipshape
- should
- sort out
- standing order
- straight
- system
- third
- thousandth
- tidiness
- to
- warrant
- writ
- alphabetical
- bark
- descend
- disorderly
- drunk

* * *

orden¹ nm

1. [secuencia, colocación correcta] order;

un orden jerárquico a hierarchy;

le gusta el orden y la limpieza she likes order and cleanliness;
Mat
el orden de los factores no altera el producto the order of the factors does not affect the product;

en orden [bien colocado] tidy, in its place;
[como debe ser] in order;
poner en orden algo, poner orden en algo [cosas, habitación] to tidy sth up;

tengo que poner mis ideas/mi vida en orden I have to put my ideas/life in order, I have to sort out my ideas/life;

en o [m5]por orden alfabético/cronológico in alphabetical/chronological order;

por orden in order;

por orden de antigüedad/de tamaños in order of seniority/size;
Cine & Teatro
por orden de aparición in order of appearance;

Comp

sin orden ni concierto haphazardly

Comp
orden del día agenda
2. [normalidad, disciplina] order;

acatar el orden establecido to respect the established order;

llamar al orden a alguien to call sb to order;

el orden natural de las cosas the natural order of things;

mantener/restablecer el orden to keep/restore order;

¡orden en la sala! order! order!

Comp
el orden público law and order
3. [tipo] order, type;

dilemas de orden filosófico philosophical dilemmas;

problemas de orden financiero economic problems;

es una universidad de primer(ísimo) orden it's a first-rate university;

del orden de around, approximately, of o in the order of;

en otro orden de cosas on the other hand

Comp
orden de magnitud order of magnitude
4. Biol order

5. Arquit order

Comp
orden corintio Corinthian order;
orden dórico Doric order;

orden jónico Ionic order

6. Rel el orden sacerdotal [sacramento] holy orders

orden² nf

1. [mandato] order;

¡es una orden! that's an order!;
Mil
¡a la orden!, ¡a sus órdenes! (yes) sir!;
Am
estoy a las/sus órdenes I am at your service;
Am
si no me queda bien, ¿la puedo cambiar? – cómo no, a sus o [m5] las órdenes if it's not right, can I change it? – of course you can, we're at your disposal;
Am
mi auto/casa está a la orden my car/house is at your disposal;

cumplir órdenes to obey orders;

dar órdenes (a alguien) to give (sb) orders;

a mí nadie me da órdenes I don't take orders from anyone;

hasta nueva orden until further notice;

por orden de by order of;

el local fue cerrado por orden del ayuntamiento the premises were closed by order of o on the orders of the town council;

obedecer órdenes to obey orders;

recibimos órdenes del jefe we received orders from the boss;

sólo recibo órdenes de mis superiores I only take orders from my superiors;

tener órdenes de hacer algo to have orders to do sth

Comp
Der orden de arresto arrest warrant; Der orden de busca y captura warrant for search and arrest; Der orden de comparecencia summons;
orden de desahucio eviction order;

orden de desalojo eviction order;
Der orden de detención arrest warrant; Der orden de detención europea European arrest warrant;
la orden del día Mil the order of the day;
Am [de reunión] the agenda;
Comp

estar a la orden del día [muy habitual] to be the order of the day;

orden de embargo order for seizure;
Der orden judicial court order; CSur Der orden de lanzamiento eviction order; Der orden de registro search warrant
2. Com order

Comp
orden de compra purchase order; Bolsa buy order; Bolsa orden al mercado market order;
orden de pago payment order;
Bolsa orden de venta sell order
3. [institución] order

Comp
orden de caballería order of knighthood;
orden mendicante mendicant order;

orden militar military order;

orden monástica monastic order

4. Rel órdenes sagradas holy orders

5. Am [pedido] order;

¿ya les tomaron la orden? have you ordered yet?;

¿tiene la orden del médico? have you got the form from your doctor?

* * *

orden

1 m

1 order;

por orden alfabético in alphabetical order;

por orden de altura in order of height;

poner en orden tidy up, straighten up;

sin orden ni concierto without rhyme or reason

2 ( clase)

:

de todo orden of all kinds o types;

de primer orden top-ranking, leading

3

:

llamar al orden call to order

4 ARQUI order

orden

2 f ( mandamiento) order;

por orden de by order of, on the orders of;

hasta nueva orden until further notice;

¡a la orden! yes, sir

* * *

orden nm, pl órdenes

1) : order

todo está en orden: everything's in order

por orden cronológico: in chronological order

2)

orden del día : agenda (at a meeting)

3)

orden público : law and order

orden nf, pl órdenes

1) : order

una orden religiosa: a religious order

una orden de tacos: an order of tacos

2)

orden de compra : purchase order

3)

estar a la orden del día : to be the order of the day, to be prevalent

* * *

orden n

1. (en general) order

en orden alfabético in alphabetical order

el sargento dio la orden the sergeant gave the order

2. (clase, tipo) nature

el problema es de orden económico it's an economic problem

¡a la orden! yes, sir!

estar a la orden del día to be the done thing

poner en orden to tidy

sin orden ni concierto any old how

orden de registro search warrant

orden del día agenda

orden público law and order / the peace

Spanish-English dictionary > orden
3 νόμος

νόμος, ου, ὁ (νέμω; [Zenodotus reads ν. in Od. 1, 3] Hes.+; loanw. in rabb.—On the history of the word MPohlenz, Nomos: Philol 97, ’48, 135–42; GShipp, Nomos ‘Law’ ’78; MOstwald, Nomos and the Beginnings of Athenian Democracy ’69). The primary mng. relates to that which is conceived as standard or generally recognized rules of civilized conduct esp. as sanctioned by tradition (Pind., Fgm. 152, 1=169 Schr. νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεύς; cp. SEG XVII, 755, 16: Domitian is concerned about oppressive practices hardening into ‘custom’; MGigante, ΝΟΜΟΣ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣ [Richerche filologiche 1] ’56). The synonym ἔθος (cp. συνήθεια) denotes that which is habitual or customary, especially in reference to personal behavior. In addition to rules that take hold through tradition, the state or other legislating body may enact ordinances that are recognized by all concerned and in turn become legal tradition. A special semantic problem for modern readers encountering the term ν. is the general tendency to confine the usage of the term ‘law’ to codified statutes. Such limitation has led to much fruitless debate in the history of NT interpretation.—HRemus, Sciences Religieuses/Studies in Religion 13, ’84, 5–18; ASegal, Torah and Nomos in Recent Scholarly Discussion, ibid., 19–27.

① a procedure or practice that has taken hold, a custom, rule, principle, norm (Alcman [VII B.C.], Fgm. 93 D² of the tune that the bird sings; Ocellus [II B.C.] c. 49 Harder [1926] τῆς φύσεως νόμος; Appian, Basil. 1 §2 πολέμου ν., Bell. Civ. 5, 44 §186 ἐκ τοῦδε τοῦ σοῦ νόμου=under this rule of yours that governs action; Polyaenus 5, 5, 3 ν. πόμπης; 7, 11, 6 ν. φιλίας; Sextus 123 τοῦ βίου νόμος; Just., A II, 2, 4 παρὰ τὸν τῆς φύσεως ν.; Ath. 3, 1 νόμῳ φύσεως; 13, 1 θυσιῶν νόμῳ)

ⓐ gener. κατὰ νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης in accordance w. the rule of an external commandment Hb 7:16. εὑρίσκω τὸν νόμον I observe an established procedure or principle or system Ro 7:21 (ν. as ‘principle’, i.e. an unwritten rightness of things Soph., Ant. 908). According to Bauer, Paul uses the expression νόμος (which dominates this context) in cases in which he prob. would have preferred another word. But it is also prob. that Paul purposely engages in wordplay to heighten the predicament of those who do not rely on the gospel of liberation from legal constraint: the Apostle speaks of a principle that obligates one to observe a code of conduct that any sensible pers. would recognize as sound and valid ὁ νόμος τ. νοός μου vs. 23b (s. νοῦς 1a). Engaged in a bitter struggle w. this νόμος there is a ἕτερος νόμος which, in contrast to the νοῦς, dwells ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου in my (physical) members vs. 23a, and hence is a νόμος τῆς ἁμαρτίας vs. 23c and 25b or a νόμος τ. ἁμαρτίας καὶ τ. θανάτου 8:2b. This sense prepares the way for the specific perspective

ⓑ of life under the lordship of Jesus Christ as a ‘new law’ or ‘system’ of conduct that constitutes an unwritten tradition ὁ καινὸς ν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 2:6; in brief ν. Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ IMg 2 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4; 43, 1; Mel., P. 7, 46). Beginnings of this terminology as early as Paul: ὁ ν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ =the standard set by Christ Gal 6:2 (as vs. 3 intimates, Christ permitted himself to be reduced to nothing, thereby setting the standard for not thinking oneself to be someth.). The gospel is a νόμος πίστεως a law or system requiring faith Ro 3:27b (FGerhard, TZ 10, ’54, 401–17) or ὁ ν. τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χρ. Ἰ. the law of the spirit (=the spirit-code) of life in Chr. J. 8:2a. In the same sense Js speaks of a ν. βασιλικός (s. βασιλικός) 2:8 or ν. ἐλευθερίας vs. 12 (λόγος ἐλ. P⁷⁴), ν. τέλειος ὁ τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1:25 (association w. 1QS 10:6, 8, 11 made by EStauffer, TLZ 77, ’52, 527–32, is rejected by SNötscher, Biblica 34, ’53, 193f. On the theme of spontaneous moral achievement cp. Pind., Fgm. 152 [169 Schr.] 1f νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεὺς | θνατῶν τε καὶ ἀθανάτων | ἄγει δικαιῶν τὸ βιαιότατον| ὑπερτάτᾳ χειρί=custom is lord of all, of mortals and immortals both, and with strong hand directs the utmost power of the just. Plut., Mor. 780c interprets Pindar’s use of νόμος: ‘not written externally in books or on some wooden tablets, but as lively reason functioning within him’ ἔμψυχος ὢν ἐν αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Aristot., EN 4, 8, 10 οἷον ν. ὢν ἑαυτῷ; Diod S 1, 94, 1 ν. ἔγγραπτος; cp. also Ovid, Met. 1, 90 sponte sua sine lege fidem rectumque colebat; Mayor, comm. ‘Notes’ 73.—RHirzel, ΑΓΡΑΦΟΣ ΝΟΜΟΣ 1903.). Some would put ὁ νόμος Js 2:9 here (s. LAllevi, Scuola Cattol. 67, ’39, 529–42), but s. 2b below.—Hermas too, who in part interprets Israel’s legal tradition as referring to Christians, sees the gospel, exhibited in Christ’s life and words, as the ultimate expression of God’s will or ‘law’. He says of Christ δοὺς αὐτοῖς (i.e. the believers) τὸν ν., ὅν ἔλαβε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Hs 5, 6, 3, cp. Hs 8, 3, 3. Or he sees in the υἱὸς θεοῦ κηρυχθεὶς εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς, i.e. the preaching about the Son of God to the ends of the earth, the νόμος θεοῦ ὁ δοθεὶς εἰς ὅλον. τ. κόσμον 8, 3, 2. Similarly to be understood are τηρεῖν τὸν ν. 8, 3, 4. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. παθεῖν 8, 3, 6. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. θλίβεσθαι 8, 3, 7. ἀρνησάμενοι τὸν νόμον ibid. βλασφημεῖν τὸν ν. 8, 6, 2.

② constitutional or statutory legal system, law

ⓐ gener.: by what kind of law? Ro 3:27. ν. τῆς πόλεως the law of the city enforced by the ruler of the city (ν. ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι γραπτός Orig., C. Cels. 5, 37, 2); the penalty for breaking it is banishment Hs 1:5f. τοῖς ν. χρῆσθαι observe the laws 1:3; πείθεσθαι τοῖς ὡρισμένοις ν. obey the established laws Dg 5:10; νικᾶν τοὺς ν. ibid. (νικάω 3). Ro 7:1f, as well as the gnomic saying Ro 4:15b and 5:13b, have been thought by some (e.g. BWeiss, Jülicher) to refer to Roman law, but more likely the Mosaic law is meant (s. 3 below).

ⓑ specifically: of the law that Moses received from God and is the standard according to which membership in the people of Israel is determined (Diod S 1, 94, 1; 2: the lawgiver Mneves receives the law from Hermes, Minos from Zeus, Lycurgus from Apollo, Zarathustra from the ἀγαθὸς δαίμων, Zalmoxis from Hestia; παρὰ δὲ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, Μωϋσῆς receives the law from the Ἰαὼ ἐπικαλούμενος θεός) ὁ ν. Μωϋσέως Lk 2:22; J 7:23; Ac 15:5. ν. Μωϋσέως Ac 13:38; Hb 10:28. Also ὁ ν. κυρίου Lk 2:23f, 39; GJs 14:1. ὁ ν. τοῦ θεοῦ (Theoph. Ant. 2, 14 [p. 136, 4]) Mt 15:6 v.l.; Ro 8:7 (cp. Tat. 7, 2; 32, 1; Ath. 3:2). ὁ ν. ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτῶν etc. J 18:31; 19:7b v.l.; Ac 25:8. κατὰ τὸν ἡμέτερον ν. 24:6 v.l. (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 131). ὁ πατρῷος ν. 22:3. τὸν ν. τῶν ἐντολῶν Eph 2:15. Since the context of Ac 23:29 ἐγκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν points to the intimate connection between belief, cult, and communal solidarity in Judean tradition, the term νόμος is best rendered with an hendiadys: (charged in matters) relating to their belief and custom; cp. ν. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς 18:15. Ro 9:31 (CRhyne, Νόμος Δικαιοσύνης and the meaning of Ro 10:4: CBQ 47, ’85, 486–99).—Abs., without further qualification ὁ ν. Mt 22:36; 23:23; Lk 2:27; J 1:17; Ac 6:13; 7:53; 21:20, 28; Ro 2:15 (τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου the work of the law [=the moral product that the Mosaic code requires] is written in the heart; difft. Diod S 1, 94, 1 ν. ἔγγραπτος, s. 1b, above), 18, 20, 23b, 26; 4:15a, 16; 7:1b, 4–7, 12, 14, 16; 8:3f; 1 Cor 15:56; Gal 3:12f, 17, 19, 21a, 24; 5:3, 14; 1 Ti 1:8 (GRudberg, ConNeot 7, ’42, 15); Hb 7:19 (s. Windisch, Hdb. exc. ad loc.), 28a; 10:1; cp. Js 2:9 (s. 1b above); μετὰ τὸν ν. Hb 7:28b; οἱ ἐν τῷ ν. Ro 3:19; κατὰ τὸν ν. according to the (Mosaic) law (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51 al.; Just., D. 10, 1) J 19:7b; Ac 22:12; 23:3; Hb 7:5; 9:22. παρὰ τ. νόμον contrary to the law (Jos., Ant. 17, 151, C. Ap. 2, 219; Ath. 1, 3 παρὰ πάντα ν.) Ac 18:13.—νόμος without the art. in the same sense (on the attempt, beginning w. Origen, In Ep. ad Ro 3:7 ed. Lomm. VI 201, to establish a difference in mng. betw. Paul’s use of ὁ νόμος and νόμος s. B-D-F §258, 2; Rob. 796; Mlt-Turner 177; Grafe [s. 3b below] 7–11) Ro 2:13ab, 17, 23a, * 25a; 3:31ab; 5:13, 20; 7:1a (s. above); Gal 2:19b; 5:23 (JRobb, ET 56, ’45, 279f compares κατὰ δὲ τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ ἔστι νόμος Aristot., Pol. 1284a). δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται, ἀνόμοις δὲ … 1 Ti 1:9. Cp. ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος Ro 2:14 (in Pla., Pol. and in Stoic thought the wise person needed no commandment [Stoic. III 519], the bad one did; MPohlenz, Stoa ’48/49 I 133; II 75). Used w. prepositions: ἐκ ν. Ro 4:14; Gal 3:18, 21c (v.l. ἐν ν.); Phil 3:9 (ἐκ νόμου can also mean corresponding to or in conformity with the law: PRev 15, 11 ἐκ τῶν νόμων); cp. ἐκ τοῦ νόμου Ro 10:5. διὰ νόμου Ro 2:12b; 3:20b; 4:13; 7:7b; Gal 2:19a, 21; ἐν ν. (ἐν τῷ ν. Iren. 3, 11, 8 [Harv. II 49, 9]) Ro 2:12a, 23; Gal 3:11, 21c v.l.; 5:4; Phil 3:6. κατὰ νόμον 3:5; Hb 8:4; 10:8 (make an offering κατὰ νόμον as Arrian, Anab. 2, 26, 4; 5, 8, 2); χωρὶς ν. Ro 3:21a; 7:8f; ἄχρι ν. 5:13a. ὑπὸ νόμον 6:14f; 1 Cor 9:20; Gal 3:23; 4:4f, 21a; 5:18 (cp. Just., D. 45, 3 οἱ ὑπὸ τὸν ν.).—Dependent on an anarthrous noun παραβάτης νόμου a law-breaker Ro 2:25b ( 27b w. art.); Js 2:11. ποιητὴς ν. one who keeps the law 4:11d (w. art. Ro 2:13b). τέλος ν. the end of the law Ro 10:4 (RBultmann and HSchlier, Christus des Ges. Ende ’40). πλήρωμα ν. fulfilment of the law 13:10. ν. μετάθεσις a change in the law Hb 7:12. ἔργα ν. Ro 3:20a, 28; 9:32 v.l.; Gal 2:16; 3:2, 5, 10a.—(ὁ) ν. (τοῦ) θεοῦ Ro 7:22, 25a; 8:7 because it was given by God and accords w. his will. Lasting Mt 5:18; Lk 16:17 (cp. Bar 4:1; PsSol 10:4; Philo, Mos. 2, 14; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 277).—Used w. verbs, w. or without the art.: ν. ἔχειν J 19:7a; Ro 2:14 (ApcSed 14:5). πληροῦν ν. fulfill the law Ro 13:8; pass. Gal 5:14 (Mel., P. 42, 291). πληροῦν τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ ν. fulfill the requirement of the law Ro 8:4. φυλάσσειν τὸν ν. observe the law Ac 21:24; Gal 6:13. τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ ν. φυλάσσειν observe the precepts of the law Ro 2:26; διώκειν ν. δικαιοσύνης 9:31a; πράσσειν ν. 2:25a. ποιεῖν τὸν ν. J 7:19b; Gal 5:3; Ro 2:14b, s. below; τὸν ν. τηρεῖν Js 2:10. τὸν ν. τελεῖν Ro 2:27. φθάνειν εἰς ν. 9:31b. κατὰ ν. Ἰουδαϊσμὸν ζῆν IMg 8:1 v.l. is prob. a textual error (Pearson, Lghtf., Funk, Bihlmeyer, Hilgenfeld; Zahn, Ign. v. Ant. 1873 p. 354, 1 [difft. in Zahn’s edition] all omit νόμον as a gloss and are supported by the Latin versions; s. Hdb. ad loc.). τὰ τοῦ ν. ποιεῖν carry out the requirements of the law Ro 2:14b (ApcSed 14:5; FFlückiger, TZ 8, ’52, 17–42). καταλαλεῖν νόμου, κρίνειν ν. Js 4:11abc. ἐδόθη ν. Gal 3:21a.—Pl. διδοὺς νόμους μου εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν Hb 8:10; cp. 10:16 (both Jer 38:33).—Of an individual stipulation of the law ὁ νόμος τοῦ ἀνδρός the law insofar as it concerns the husband (Aristot., Fgm. 184 R. νόμοι ἀνδρὸς καὶ γαμετῆς.—SIG 1198, 14 κατὰ τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐρανιστῶν; Num 9:12 ὁ ν. τοῦ πάσχα; Philo, Sobr. 49 ὁ ν. τῆς λέπρας) Ro 7:2b; cp. 7:3 and δέδεται νόμῳ vs. 2a (on the imagery Straub 94f); 1 Cor 7:39 v.l.—The law is personified, as it were (Demosth. 43, 59; Aeschin. 1, 18; Herm. Wr. 12, 4 [the law of punishment]; IMagnMai 92a, 11 ὁ ν. συντάσσει; b, 16 ὁ ν. ἀγορεύει; Jos., Ant. 3, 274) J 7:51; Ro 3:19.

③ a collection of holy writings precious to God’s people, sacred ordinance

ⓐ in the strict sense the law=the Pentateuch, the work of Moses the lawgiver (Diod S 40, 3, 6 προσγέγραπται τοῖς νόμοις ἐπὶ τελευτῆς ὅτι Μωσῆς ἀκούσας τοῦ θεοῦ τάδε λέγει τ. Ἰουδαίοις=at the end of the laws this is appended: this is what Moses heard from God and is telling to the Jews. ὁ διὰ τοῦ ν. μεταξὺ καθαρῶν καὶ ἀκαθάρτων διαστείλας θεός Iren. 3, 12, 7 [Harv. II 60, 3]; cp. Hippol., Ref. 7, 34, 1) τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ νόμου Gal 3:10b (cp. Dt 27:26). Also simply ὁ νόμος (Jos., Bell. 7, 162 ὁ ν. or 2, 229 ὁ ἱερὸς ν. of the holy book in a concrete sense) Mt 12:5 (Num 28:9f is meant); J 8:5; 1 Cor 9:8 (cp. Dt 25:4); 14:34 (cp. Gen 3:16); Gal 4:21b (the story of Abraham); Hb 9:19. ὁ ν. ὁ ὑμέτερος J 8:17 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 402; Tat. 40, 1 κατὰ τοὺς ἡμετέρους ν.). ἐν Μωϋσέως νόμῳ γέγραπται 1 Cor 9:9. καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ κυρίου Lk 2:23 (γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ as Athen. 6, 27, 23c; IMagnMai 52, 35 [III B.C.]; Mel., P. 11, 71; cp. Just., D. 8, 4 τὰ ἐν τῷ ν. γεγραμμένα); cp. vs. 24. ἔγραψεν Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ J 1:45 (cp. Cercidas [III B.C.], Fgm. 1, 18f Diehl² [=Coll. Alex. p. 204, 29=Knox p. 196] καὶ τοῦθʼ Ὅμηρος εἶπεν ἐν Ἰλιάδι).—The Sacred Scriptures (OT) referred to as a whole in the phrase ὁ ν. καὶ οἱ προφῆται (Orig., C. Cels. 2, 6, 4; cp. Hippol., Ref. 8, 19, 1) the law (הַתּוֹרָה) and the prophets (הַנְּבִיאִים) Mt 5:17; 7:12; 11:13; 22:40; Lk 16:16; Ac 13:15; 24:14; 28:23; Ro 3:21b; cp. Dg 11:6; J 1:45. τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ ν. Μωϋσέως καὶ τοῖς προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44.

ⓑ In a wider sense=Holy Scripture gener., on the principle that the most authoritative part gives its name to the whole (ὁ ν. ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 11 [p. 82, 15]): J 10:34 (Ps 81:6); 12:34 (Ps 109:4; Is 9:6; Da 7:14); 15:25 (Ps 34:19; 68:5); 1 Cor 14:21 (Is 28:11f); Ro 3:19 (preceded by a cluster of quotations fr. Psalms and prophets).—Mt 5:18; Lk 10:26; 16:17; J 7:49.—JHänel, Der Schriftbegriff Jesu 1919; OMichel, Pls u. s. Bibel 1929; SWesterholm, Studies in Religion 15, ’86, 327–36.—JMeinhold, Jesus u. das AT 1896; MKähler, Jesus u. das AT² 1896; AKlöpper, Z. Stellung Jesu gegenüber d. Mos. Gesetz, Mt 5:17–48: ZWT 39, 1896, 1–23; EKlostermann, Jesu Stellung z. AT 1904; AvHarnack, Hat Jesus das atl. Gesetz abgeschafft?: Aus Wissenschaft u. Leben II 1911, 225–36, SBBerlAk 1912, 184–207; KBenz, D. Stellung Jesu zum atl. Gesetz 1914; MGoguel, RHPR 7, 1927, 160ff; BBacon, Jesus and the Law: JBL 47, 1928, 203–31; BBranscomb, Jes. and the Law of Moses 1930; WKümmel, Jes. u. d. jüd. Traditionsged.: ZNW 33, ’34, 105–30; JHempel, D. synopt. Jesus u. d. AT: ZAW 56, ’38, 1–34.—Lk-Ac: JJervell, HTR 64, ’71, 21–36.—EGrafe, D. paulin. Lehre vom Gesetz² 1893; HCremer, D. paulin. Rechtfertigungslehre 1896, 84ff; 363ff; FSieffert, D. Entwicklungslinie d. paul. Gesetzeslehre: BWeiss Festschr. 1897, 332–57; WSlaten, The Qualitative Use of νόμος in the Pauline Ep.: AJT 23, 1919, 213ff; HMosbech, Pls’ Laere om Loven: TT 4/3, 1922, 108–37; 177–221; EBurton, ICC, Gal 1921, 443–60; PFeine, Theol. des NT⁶ ’34, 208–15 (lit.); PBenoit, La Loi et la Croix d’après S. Paul (Ro 7:7–8:4): RB 47, ’38, 481–509; CMaurer, D. Gesetzeslehre des Pls ’41; PBläser, D. Gesetz b. Pls ’41; BReicke, JBL 70, ’51, 259–76; GBornkamm, Das Ende d. Gesetzes ’63; HRaisänen, Paul and the Law² ’87; PRichardson/SWesterholm, et al., Law in Religious Communities in the Rom. Period, ’91 (Torah and Nomos); MNobile, La Torà al tempo di Paolo, alcune ri-flessioni: Atti del IV simposio di Tarso su S. Paolo Apostolo, ed. LPadovese ’96, 93–106 (lit. 93f, n. 1).—Dodd 25–41.—B. 1358; 1419; 1421. DELG s.v. νέμω Ic. Schmidt, Syn. I 333–47. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > νόμος
4 bellum

bellum (ante-class. and poet. duel-lum), i, n. [Sanscr. dva, dvi, dus; cf. Germ. zwei; Engl. two, twice; for the change from initial du- to b-, cf. bis for duis, and v. the letter B, and Varr. L. L. 5, § 73 Mull.; 7, § 49 ib.], war.
I.
Form duellum: duellum, bellum, videlicet quod duabus partibus de victoria contendentibus dimicatur. Inde est perduellis, qui pertinaciter retinet bellum, Paul. ex Fest. p. 66, 17 Mull.:
bellum antea duellum vocatum eo quod duae sunt dimicantium partes... Postea mutata littera dictum bellum,
Isid. Orig. 18, 1, 9: hos pestis necuit, pars occidit illa duellis, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 9, 861 P. (Ann. v. 549 Vahl.):
legiones reveniunt domum Exstincto duello maximo atque internecatis hostibus,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 35:
quae domi duellique male fecisti,
id. As. 3, 2, 13.—So in archaic style, or in citations from ancient documents:
quique agent rem duelli,
Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 21:
aes atque ferrum, duelli instrumenta,
id. ib. 2, 18, 45 (translated from the Platonic laws):
puro pioque duello quaerendas (res) censeo,
Liv. 1, 32, 12 (quoted from ancient transactions); so,
quod duellum populo Romano cum Carthaginiensi est,
id. 22, 10, 2:
victoriaque duelli populi Romani erit,
id. 23, 11, 2:
si duellum quod cum rege Antiocho sumi populus jussit,
id. 36, 2, 2;
and from an ancient inscription' duello magno dirimendo, etc.,
id. 40, 52, 5.— Poet.:
hic... Pacem duello miscuit,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 38:
cadum Marsi memorem duelli,
id. ib. 3, 14, 18:
vacuum duellis Janum Quirini clausit,
id. ib. 4, 15, 8; cf. id. Ep. 1, 2, 7; 2, 1, 254; 2, 2, 98; Ov. F. 6, 201; Juv. 1, 169— [p. 227]
II.
Form bellum.
A.
War, warfare (abstr.), or a war, the war (concr.), i.e. hostilities between two nations (cf. tumultus).
1.
Specifying the enemy.
a.
By adjj. denoting the nation:
omnibus Punicis Siciliensibusque bellis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 47, § 124:
aliquot annis ante secundum Punicum bellum,
id. Ac. 2, 5, 13:
Britannicum bellum,
id. Att. 4, 16, 13:
Gallicum,
id. Prov. Cons. 14, 35:
Germanicum,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Sabinum,
Liv. 1, 26, 4:
Parthicum,
Vell. 2, 46, 2;
similarly: bellum piraticum,
the war against the pirates, Vell. 2, 33, 1.—Sometimes the adj. refers to the leader or king of the enemy:
Sertorianum bellum,
Cic. Phil. 11, 8, 18:
Mithridaticum,
id. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
Jugurthinum,
Hor. Epod. 9, 23; Vell. 2, 11, 1;
similarly: bellum regium,
the war against kings, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50. —Or it refers to the theatre of the war:
bellum Africanum, Transalpinum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28:
Asiaticum,
id. ib. 22, 64:
Africum,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32 fin.:
Actiacum,
Vell. 2, 86, 3:
Hispaniense,
id. 2, 55, 2.—
b.
With gen. of the name of the nation or its leader: bellum Latinorum, the Latin war, i. e. against the Latins, Cic. N. D. 2, 2, 6:
Venetorum,
Caes. B. G. 3, 16:
Helvetiorum,
id. ib. 1, 40 fin.;
1, 30: Ambiorigis,
id. ib. 6, 29, 4:
Pyrrhi, Philippi,
Cic. Phil. 11, 7, 17:
Samnitium,
Liv. 7, 29, 2.—
c.
With cum and abl. of the name.
(α).
Attributively:
cum Jugurtha, cum Cimbris, cum Teutonis bellum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 60:
belli causa cum Samnitibus,
Liv. 7, 29, 3:
hunc finem bellum cum Philippo habuit,
id. 33, 35, 12:
novum cum Antiocho instabat bellum,
id. 36, 36, 7; cf. id. 35, 40, 1; 38, 58, 8; 39, 1, 8; 44, 14, 7.—
(β).
With cum dependent on the verb:
quia bellum Aetolis esse dixi cum Aliis,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 59:
novi consules... duo bella habuere... alterum cum Tiburtibus,
Liv. 7, 17, 2; esp. with gero, v. 2. b. a infra.—
d.
With adversus and acc. of the name.
(α).
Attributively:
bellum adversus Philippum,
Liv. 31, 1, 8:
bellum populus adversus Vestinos jussit,
id. 8, 29, 6.—
(β).
With adversus dependent on the verb: quod homines populi Hermunduli adversus populum Romanum bellum fecere, Cincius ap. Gell. 16, 14, 1: nos pro vobis bellum suscepimus adversus Philippum. Liv. 31, 31, 18:
ut multo acrius adversus duos quam adversus unum pararet bellum,
id. 45, 11, 8:
bellum quod rex adversus Datamem susceperat,
Nep. Dat. 8, 5.—
e.
With contra and acc.:
cum bellum nefarium contra aras et focos, contra vitam fortunasque nostras... non comparari, sed geri jam viderem,
Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
causam belli contra patriam inferendi,
id. ib. 2, 22, 53.—
f.
With in and acc. (very rare):
Athenienses in Peloponnesios sexto et vicesimo anno bellum gerentes,
Nep. Lys. 1, 1.—
g.
With inter and acc.:
hic finis belli inter Romanos ac Persea fuit,
Liv. 45, 9, 2.—
h.
With apud and acc.:
secutum est bellum gestum apud Mutinam,
Nep. Att. 9, 1.—
k.
With dat. of the enemy after inferre and facere, v. 2. a. k infra.—
2.
With verbs.
a.
Referring to the beginning of the war.
(α).
Bellum movere or commovere, to bring about, stir up a war:
summa erat observatio in bello movendo,
Cic. Off. 1, 11, 37:
bellum commotum a Scapula,
id. Fam. 9, 13, 1:
nuntiabant alii... in Apulia servile bellum moveri,
Sall. C. 30, 2:
is primum Volscis bellum in ducentos amplius... annos movit,
Liv. 1, 53, 2:
insequenti anno Veiens bellum motum,
id. 4, 58, 6:
dii pium movere bellum,
id. 8, 6, 4; cf. Verg. A. 10, 627; id. G. 1, 509; so,
concitare,
Liv. 7, 27, 5; and ciere ( poet.), Verg. A. 1, 541; 6, 829; 12, 158.—
(β).
Bellum parare, comparare, apparare, or se praeparare bello, to prepare a war, or for a war:
cum tam pestiferum bellum pararet,
Cic. Att. 9, 13, 3:
bellum utrimque summopere parabatur,
Liv. 1, 23, 1; cf. id. 45, 11, 8 (v. II. A. 1. d. b supra); Nep. Hann. 2, 6; Quint. 12, 3, 5; Ov. M. 7, 456; so,
parare alicui,
Nep. Alcib. 9, 5:
bellum terra et mari comparat,
Cic. Att. 10, 4, 3:
tantum bellum... Cn. Pompeius extrema hieme apparavit, ineunte vere suscepit, media aestate confecit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 3, 5:
bellum omnium consensu apparari coeptum,
Liv. 4, 55, 7:
numquam imperator ita paci credit, ut non se praeparet bello,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 2.—
(γ).
Bellum differre, to postpone a war:
nec jam poterat bellum differri,
Liv. 2, 30, 7:
mors Hamilcaris et pueritia Hannibalis distulerunt bellum,
id. 21, 2, 3; cf. id. 5, 5, 3.—
(δ).
Bellum sumere, to undertake, begin a war (not in Caesar):
omne bellum sumi facile, ceterum aegerrume desinere,
Sall. J. 83, 1:
prius tamen omnia pati decrevit quam bellum sumere,
id. ib. 20, 5:
de integro bellum sumit,
id. ib. 62, 9:
iis haec maxima ratio belli sumendi fuerat,
Liv. 38, 19, 3:
sumi bellum etiam ab ignavis, strenuissimi cujusque periculo geri,
Tac. H. 4, 69; cf. id. A. 2, 45; 13, 34; 15, 5; 15, 7; id. Agr. 16.—
(ε).
Bellum suscipere (rarely inire), to undertake, commence a war, join in a war:
bellum ita suscipiatur ut nihil nisi pax quaesita videatur,
Cic. Off. 1, 23, 80:
suscipienda quidem bella sunt ob eam causam ut, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 11, 35:
judicavit a plerisque ignoratione... bellum esse susceptum,
join, id. Marcell. 5, 13; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 35 (v. supra):
cum avertisset plebem a suscipiendo bello,
undertaking, Liv. 4, 58, 14:
senatui cum Camillo agi placuit ut bellum Etruscum susciperet,
id. 6, 9, 5:
bella non causis inita, sed ut eorum merces fuit,
Vell. 2, 3, 3.—
(ζ).
Bellum consentire = bellum consensu decernere, to decree a war by agreement, to ratify a declaration of war (rare):
consensit et senatus bellum,
Liv. 8, 6, 8:
bellum erat consensum,
id. 1, 32, 12.—
(η).
Bellum alicui mandare, committere, decernere, dare, gerendum dare, ad aliquem deferre, or aliquem bello praeficere, praeponere, to assign a war to one as a commander, to give one the chief command in a war:
sed ne tum quidem populus Romanus ad privatum detulit bellum,
Cic. Phil. 11, 8, 18:
populus Romanus consuli... bellum gerendum dedit,
id. ib.:
cur non... eidem... hoc quoque bellum regium committamus?
id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50:
Camillus cui id bellum mandatum erat,
Liv. 5, 26, 3:
Volscum bellum M. Furio extra ordinem decretum,
id. 6, 22, 6:
Gallicum bellum Popilio extra ordinem datum,
id. 7, 23, 2:
quo die a vobis maritimo bello praepositus est imperator,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44:
cum ei (bello) imperatorem praeficere possitis, in quo sit eximia belli scientia,
id. ib. 16, 49:
hunc toti bello praefecerunt,
Caes. B. G. 5, 11 fin.:
alicui bellum suscipiendum dare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 19, 58:
bellum administrandum permittere,
id. ib. 21, 61.—
(θ).
Bellum indicere alicui, to declare war against (the regular expression; coupled with facere in the ancient formula of the pater patratus), also bellum denuntiare: ob eam rem ego... populo Hermundulo... bellum (in)dico facioque, Cincius ap. Gell. 16, 14, 1:
ob eam rem ego populusque Romanus populis... Latinis bellum indico facioque,
Liv. 1, 32, 13:
Corinthiis bellum indicamus an non?
Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17:
ex quo intellegi potest, nullum bellum esse justum nisi quod aut rebus repetitis geratur, aut denuntiatum ante sit et indictum,
id. Off. 1, 11, 36; id. Rep. 3, 23, 35:
bellum indici posse existimabat,
Liv. 1, 22, 4:
ni reddantur (res) bellum indicere jussos,
id. 1, 22, 6:
ut... nec gererentur solum sed etiam indicerentur bella aliquo ritu, jus... descripsit quo res repetuntur,
id. 1, 32, 5; cf. id. 1, 32, 9; 2, 18, 11; 2, 38, 5; Verg. A. 7, 616.—
(κ).
Bellum inferre alicui (cf. contra aliquem, 1. e. supra; also bellum facere; absol., with dat., or with cum and abl.), to begin a war against ( with), to make war on:
Denseletis nefarium bellum intulisti,
Cic. Pis. 34, 84:
ei civitati bellum indici atque inferri solere,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 31, § 79:
qui sibi Galliaeque bellum intulissent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 16; Nep. Them. 2, 4; Verg. A. 3, 248:
bellumne populo Romano Lampsacena civitas facere conabatur?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 31, § 79:
bellum patriae faciet,
id. Mil. 23, 63; id. Cat. 3, 9, 22:
civitatem Eburonum populo Romano bellum facere ausam,
Caes. B. G. 5, 28; cf. id. ib. 7, 2;
3, 29: constituit bellum facere,
Sall. C. 26, 5; 24, 2:
occupant bellum facere,
they are the first to begin the war, Liv. 1, 14, 4:
ut bellum cum Priscis Latinis fieret,
id. 1, 32, 13:
populus Palaepolitanis bellum fieri jussit,
id. 8, 22, 8; cf. Nep. Dion, 4, 3; id. Ages. 2, 1.— Coupled with instruere, to sustain a war:
urbs quae bellum facere atque instruere possit,
Cic. Agr. 2, 28, 77.—Bellum facere had become obsolete at Seneca's time, Sen. Ep. 114, 17.—
(λ).
Bellum oritur or exoritur, a war begins:
subito bellum in Gallia ex, ortum est,
Caes. B. G. 3, 7:
aliud multo propius bellum ortum,
Liv. 1, 14, 4:
Veiens bellum exortum,
id. 2, 53, 1.—

bellum
(ante-class. and poet.
duel-lum
), i, n. [Sanscr. dva, dvi, dus; cf. Germ. zwei; Engl. two, twice; for the change from initial du- to b-, cf. bis for duis, and v. the letter B, and Varr. L. L. 5, § 73 Mull.; 7, § 49 ib.], war.
I.
Form duellum: duellum, bellum, videlicet quod duabus partibus de victoria contendentibus dimicatur. Inde est perduellis, qui pertinaciter retinet bellum, Paul. ex Fest. p. 66, 17 Mull.:
bellum antea duellum vocatum eo quod duae sunt dimicantium partes... Postea mutata littera dictum bellum,
Isid. Orig. 18, 1, 9: hos pestis necuit, pars occidit illa duellis, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 9, 861 P. (Ann. v. 549 Vahl.):
legiones reveniunt domum Exstincto duello maximo atque internecatis hostibus,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 35:
quae domi duellique male fecisti,
id. As. 3, 2, 13.—So in archaic style, or in citations from ancient documents:
quique agent rem duelli,
Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 21:
aes atque ferrum, duelli instrumenta,
id. ib. 2, 18, 45 (translated from the Platonic laws):
puro pioque duello quaerendas (res) censeo,
Liv. 1, 32, 12 (quoted from ancient transactions); so,
quod duellum populo Romano cum Carthaginiensi est,
id. 22, 10, 2:
victoriaque duelli populi Romani erit,
id. 23, 11, 2:
si duellum quod cum rege Antiocho sumi populus jussit,
id. 36, 2, 2;
and from an ancient inscription' duello magno dirimendo, etc.,
id. 40, 52, 5.— Poet.:
hic... Pacem duello miscuit,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 38:
cadum Marsi memorem duelli,
id. ib. 3, 14, 18:
vacuum duellis Janum Quirini clausit,
id. ib. 4, 15, 8; cf. id. Ep. 1, 2, 7; 2, 1, 254; 2, 2, 98; Ov. F. 6, 201; Juv. 1, 169— [p. 227]
II.
Form bellum.
A.
War, warfare (abstr.), or a war, the war (concr.), i.e. hostilities between two nations (cf. tumultus).
1.
Specifying the enemy.
a.
By adjj. denoting the nation:
omnibus Punicis Siciliensibusque bellis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 47, § 124:
aliquot annis ante secundum Punicum bellum,
id. Ac. 2, 5, 13:
Britannicum bellum,
id. Att. 4, 16, 13:
Gallicum,
id. Prov. Cons. 14, 35:
Germanicum,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Sabinum,
Liv. 1, 26, 4:
Parthicum,
Vell. 2, 46, 2;
similarly: bellum piraticum,
the war against the pirates, Vell. 2, 33, 1.—Sometimes the adj. refers to the leader or king of the enemy:
Sertorianum bellum,
Cic. Phil. 11, 8, 18:
Mithridaticum,
id. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
Jugurthinum,
Hor. Epod. 9, 23; Vell. 2, 11, 1;
similarly: bellum regium,
the war against kings, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50. —Or it refers to the theatre of the war:
bellum Africanum, Transalpinum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28:
Asiaticum,
id. ib. 22, 64:
Africum,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32 fin.:
Actiacum,
Vell. 2, 86, 3:
Hispaniense,
id. 2, 55, 2.—
b.
With gen. of the name of the nation or its leader: bellum Latinorum, the Latin war, i. e. against the Latins, Cic. N. D. 2, 2, 6:
Venetorum,
Caes. B. G. 3, 16:
Helvetiorum,
id. ib. 1, 40 fin.;
1, 30: Ambiorigis,
id. ib. 6, 29, 4:
Pyrrhi, Philippi,
Cic. Phil. 11, 7, 17:
Samnitium,
Liv. 7, 29, 2.—
c.
With cum and abl. of the name.
(α).
Attributively:
cum Jugurtha, cum Cimbris, cum Teutonis bellum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 60:
belli causa cum Samnitibus,
Liv. 7, 29, 3:
hunc finem bellum cum Philippo habuit,
id. 33, 35, 12:
novum cum Antiocho instabat bellum,
id. 36, 36, 7; cf. id. 35, 40, 1; 38, 58, 8; 39, 1, 8; 44, 14, 7.—
(β).
With cum dependent on the verb:
quia bellum Aetolis esse dixi cum Aliis,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 59:
novi consules... duo bella habuere... alterum cum Tiburtibus,
Liv. 7, 17, 2; esp. with gero, v. 2. b. a infra.—
d.
With adversus and acc. of the name.
(α).
Attributively:
bellum adversus Philippum,
Liv. 31, 1, 8:
bellum populus adversus Vestinos jussit,
id. 8, 29, 6.—
(β).
With adversus dependent on the verb: quod homines populi Hermunduli adversus populum Romanum bellum fecere, Cincius ap. Gell. 16, 14, 1: nos pro vobis bellum suscepimus adversus Philippum. Liv. 31, 31, 18:
ut multo acrius adversus duos quam adversus unum pararet bellum,
id. 45, 11, 8:
bellum quod rex adversus Datamem susceperat,
Nep. Dat. 8, 5.—
e.
With contra and acc.:
cum bellum nefarium contra aras et focos, contra vitam fortunasque nostras... non comparari, sed geri jam viderem,
Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
causam belli contra patriam inferendi,
id. ib. 2, 22, 53.—
f.
With in and acc. (very rare):
Athenienses in Peloponnesios sexto et vicesimo anno bellum gerentes,
Nep. Lys. 1, 1.—
g.
With inter and acc.:
hic finis belli inter Romanos ac Persea fuit,
Liv. 45, 9, 2.—
h.
With apud and acc.:
secutum est bellum gestum apud Mutinam,
Nep. Att. 9, 1.—
k.
With dat. of the enemy after inferre and facere, v. 2. a. k infra.—
2.
With verbs.
a.
Referring to the beginning of the war.
(α).
Bellum movere or commovere, to bring about, stir up a war:
summa erat observatio in bello movendo,
Cic. Off. 1, 11, 37:
bellum commotum a Scapula,
id. Fam. 9, 13, 1:
nuntiabant alii... in Apulia servile bellum moveri,
Sall. C. 30, 2:
is primum Volscis bellum in ducentos amplius... annos movit,
Liv. 1, 53, 2:
insequenti anno Veiens bellum motum,
id. 4, 58, 6:
dii pium movere bellum,
id. 8, 6, 4; cf. Verg. A. 10, 627; id. G. 1, 509; so,
concitare,
Liv. 7, 27, 5; and ciere ( poet.), Verg. A. 1, 541; 6, 829; 12, 158.—
(β).
Bellum parare, comparare, apparare, or se praeparare bello, to prepare a war, or for a war:
cum tam pestiferum bellum pararet,
Cic. Att. 9, 13, 3:
bellum utrimque summopere parabatur,
Liv. 1, 23, 1; cf. id. 45, 11, 8 (v. II. A. 1. d. b supra); Nep. Hann. 2, 6; Quint. 12, 3, 5; Ov. M. 7, 456; so,
parare alicui,
Nep. Alcib. 9, 5:
bellum terra et mari comparat,
Cic. Att. 10, 4, 3:
tantum bellum... Cn. Pompeius extrema hieme apparavit, ineunte vere suscepit, media aestate confecit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 3, 5:
bellum omnium consensu apparari coeptum,
Liv. 4, 55, 7:
numquam imperator ita paci credit, ut non se praeparet bello,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 2.—
(γ).
Bellum differre, to postpone a war:
nec jam poterat bellum differri,
Liv. 2, 30, 7:
mors Hamilcaris et pueritia Hannibalis distulerunt bellum,
id. 21, 2, 3; cf. id. 5, 5, 3.—
(δ).
Bellum sumere, to undertake, begin a war (not in Caesar):
omne bellum sumi facile, ceterum aegerrume desinere,
Sall. J. 83, 1:
prius tamen omnia pati decrevit quam bellum sumere,
id. ib. 20, 5:
de integro bellum sumit,
id. ib. 62, 9:
iis haec maxima ratio belli sumendi fuerat,
Liv. 38, 19, 3:
sumi bellum etiam ab ignavis, strenuissimi cujusque periculo geri,
Tac. H. 4, 69; cf. id. A. 2, 45; 13, 34; 15, 5; 15, 7; id. Agr. 16.—
(ε).
Bellum suscipere (rarely inire), to undertake, commence a war, join in a war:
bellum ita suscipiatur ut nihil nisi pax quaesita videatur,
Cic. Off. 1, 23, 80:
suscipienda quidem bella sunt ob eam causam ut, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 11, 35:
judicavit a plerisque ignoratione... bellum esse susceptum,
join, id. Marcell. 5, 13; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 35 (v. supra):
cum avertisset plebem a suscipiendo bello,
undertaking, Liv. 4, 58, 14:
senatui cum Camillo agi placuit ut bellum Etruscum susciperet,
id. 6, 9, 5:
bella non causis inita, sed ut eorum merces fuit,
Vell. 2, 3, 3.—
(ζ).
Bellum consentire = bellum consensu decernere, to decree a war by agreement, to ratify a declaration of war (rare):
consensit et senatus bellum,
Liv. 8, 6, 8:
bellum erat consensum,
id. 1, 32, 12.—
(η).
Bellum alicui mandare, committere, decernere, dare, gerendum dare, ad aliquem deferre, or aliquem bello praeficere, praeponere, to assign a war to one as a commander, to give one the chief command in a war:
sed ne tum quidem populus Romanus ad privatum detulit bellum,
Cic. Phil. 11, 8, 18:
populus Romanus consuli... bellum gerendum dedit,
id. ib.:
cur non... eidem... hoc quoque bellum regium committamus?
id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50:
Camillus cui id bellum mandatum erat,
Liv. 5, 26, 3:
Volscum bellum M. Furio extra ordinem decretum,
id. 6, 22, 6:
Gallicum bellum Popilio extra ordinem datum,
id. 7, 23, 2:
quo die a vobis maritimo bello praepositus est imperator,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44:
cum ei (bello) imperatorem praeficere possitis, in quo sit eximia belli scientia,
id. ib. 16, 49:
hunc toti bello praefecerunt,
Caes. B. G. 5, 11 fin.:
alicui bellum suscipiendum dare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 19, 58:
bellum administrandum permittere,
id. ib. 21, 61.—
(θ).
Bellum indicere alicui, to declare war against (the regular expression; coupled with facere in the ancient formula of the pater patratus), also bellum denuntiare: ob eam rem ego... populo Hermundulo... bellum (in)dico facioque, Cincius ap. Gell. 16, 14, 1:
ob eam rem ego populusque Romanus populis... Latinis bellum indico facioque,
Liv. 1, 32, 13:
Corinthiis bellum indicamus an non?
Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17:
ex quo intellegi potest, nullum bellum esse justum nisi quod aut rebus repetitis geratur, aut denuntiatum ante sit et indictum,
id. Off. 1, 11, 36; id. Rep. 3, 23, 35:
bellum indici posse existimabat,
Liv. 1, 22, 4:
ni reddantur (res) bellum indicere jussos,
id. 1, 22, 6:
ut... nec gererentur solum sed etiam indicerentur bella aliquo ritu, jus... descripsit quo res repetuntur,
id. 1, 32, 5; cf. id. 1, 32, 9; 2, 18, 11; 2, 38, 5; Verg. A. 7, 616.—
(κ).
Bellum inferre alicui (cf. contra aliquem, 1. e. supra; also bellum facere; absol., with dat., or with cum and abl.), to begin a war against ( with), to make war on:
Denseletis nefarium bellum intulisti,
Cic. Pis. 34, 84:
ei civitati bellum indici atque inferri solere,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 31, § 79:
qui sibi Galliaeque bellum intulissent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 16; Nep. Them. 2, 4; Verg. A. 3, 248:
bellumne populo Romano Lampsacena civitas facere conabatur?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 31, § 79:
bellum patriae faciet,
id. Mil. 23, 63; id. Cat. 3, 9, 22:
civitatem Eburonum populo Romano bellum facere ausam,
Caes. B. G. 5, 28; cf. id. ib. 7, 2;
3, 29: constituit bellum facere,
Sall. C. 26, 5; 24, 2:
occupant bellum facere,
they are the first to begin the war, Liv. 1, 14, 4:
ut bellum cum Priscis Latinis fieret,
id. 1, 32, 13:
populus Palaepolitanis bellum fieri jussit,
id. 8, 22, 8; cf. Nep. Dion, 4, 3; id. Ages. 2, 1.— Coupled with instruere, to sustain a war:
urbs quae bellum facere atque instruere possit,
Cic. Agr. 2, 28, 77.—Bellum facere had become obsolete at Seneca's time, Sen. Ep. 114, 17.—
(λ).
Bellum oritur or exoritur, a war begins:
subito bellum in Gallia ex, ortum est,
Caes. B. G. 3, 7:
aliud multo propius bellum ortum,
Liv. 1, 14, 4:
Veiens bellum exortum,
id. 2, 53, 1.—
b.
Referring to the carrying on of the war: bellum gerere, to carry on a war; absol., with cum and abl., per and acc., or in and abl. (cf.:
bellum gerere in aliquem, 1. a. and f. supra): nisi forte ego vobis... cessare nunc videor cum bella non gero,
Cic. Sen. 6, 18:
cum Celtiberis, cum Cimbris bellum ut cum inimicis gerebatur,
id. Off. 1, 12, 38:
cum ei bellum ut cum rege Perse gereret obtigisset,
id. Div. 1, 46, 103:
erant hae difficultates belli gerendi,
Caes. B. G. 3, 10:
bellum cum Germanis gerere constituit,
id. ib. 4, 6:
Cn. Pompeius in extremis terris bellum gerebat,
Sall. C. 16, 5:
bellum quod Hannibale duce Carthaginienses cum populo Romano gessere,
Liv. 21, 1, 1:
alter consul in Sabinis bellum gessit,
id. 2, 62, 3:
de exercitibus per quos id bellum gereretur,
id. 23, 25, 5:
Chabrias bella in Aegypto sua sponte gessit,
Nep. Chabr, 2, 1.—Sometimes bellum administrare only of the commander, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 43; Nep. Chabr. 2, 1. —Also (very rare):
bellum bellare,
Liv. 8, 40, 1 (but belligerantes is absol., Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38; Ann. v. 201 Vahl.);
in the same sense: bellum agere,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3. —As a synonym:
bello persequi aliquem,
Nep. Con. 4, 1; cf. Liv. 3, 25, 3.—
(β).
Trahere or ducere bellum, to protract a war:
necesse est enim aut trahi id bellum, aut, etc.,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 2:
bellum trahi non posse,
Sall. J. 23, 2:
belli trahendi causa,
Liv. 5, 11, 8:
morae qua trahebant bellum paenitebat,
id. 9, 27, 5:
suadere institui ut bellum duceret,
Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 2:
bellum enim ducetur,
id. ad Brut. 1, 18, 6; Nep. Alcib. 8, 1; id. Dat. 8, 4;
similarly: cum his molliter et per dilationes bellum geri oportet?
Liv. 5, 5, 1.—
(γ).
Bellum repellere, defendere, or propulsare, to ward off, defend one ' s self against a war:
bellum Gallicum C. Caesare imperatore gestum est, antea tantummodo repulsum,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 13, 32:
quod bellum non intulerit sed defenderit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 44:
Samnitium vix a se ipsis eo tempore propulsantium bellum,
Liv. 8, 37, 5.—
c.
Referring to the end of a war.
(α).
Bellum deponere, ponere, or omittere, to give up, discontinue a war:
in quo (i.e. bello) et gerendo et deponendo jus ut plurimum valeret lege sanximus,
Cic. Leg. 2, 14, 34:
(bellum) cum deponi victores velint,
Sall. J. 83, 1:
bellum decem ferme annis ante depositum erat,
Liv. 31, 1, 8:
nos depositum a vobis bellum et ipsi omisimus,
id. 31, 31, 19:
dicit posse condicionibus bellum poni,
Sall. J. 112, 1:
bellum grave cum Etruria positum est,
id. H. Fragm. 1, 9 Dietsch:
velut posito bello,
Liv. 1, 53, 5:
manere bellum quod positum simuletur,
id. 1, 53, 7:
posito ubique bello,
Tac. H. 2, 52; cf. Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 93; Verg. A. 1, 291:
omisso Romano bello Porsinna filium Arruntem Ariciam... mittit,
Liv. 2, 14, 5.—
(β).
Bellum componere, to end a war by agreement, make peace:
timerent ne bellum componeretur,
Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 3:
si bellum compositum foret,
Sall. J. 97, 2:
belli componendi licentiam,
id. ib. 103, 3; cf. Nep. Ham. 1, 5; id. Hann. 6, 2; id. Alcib. 8, 3; Verg. A. 12, 109;
similarly: bellum sedare,
Nep. Dat. 8, 5.—
(γ).
Bellum conficere, perficere, finire, to finish, end a war; conficere (the most usual term) and perficere, = to finish a war by conquering; finire (rare), without implying success:
is bellum confecerit qui Antonium oppresserit,
Cic. Fam. 11, 12, 2:
bellumque maximum conficies,
id. Rep. 6, 11, 11:
confecto Mithridatico bello,
id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; cf. id. Fam. 5, 10, 3; id. Imp. Pomp. 14, 42:
quo proelio... bellum Venetorum confectum est,
Caes. B. G. 3, 16; cf. id. ib. 1, 30; 1, 44; 1, 54; 3, 28;
4, 16: bello confecto de Rhodiis consultum est,
Sall. C. 51, 5; cf. id. J. 36, 1; 114, 3:
neminem nisi bello confecto pecuniam petiturum esse,
Liv. 24, 18, 11; cf. id. 21, 40, 11; 23, 6, 2; 31, 47, 4; 32, 32, 6;
36, 2, 3: bello perfecto,
Caes. B. C. 3, 18, 5; Liv. 1, 38, 3:
se quo die hostem vidisset perfecturum (i. e. bellum),
id. 22, 38, 7; 31, 4, 2; cf. id. 3, 24, 1; 34, 6, 12; Just. 5, 2, 11:
neque desiturum ante... quam finitum aliqua tolerabili condicione bellum videro,
Liv. 23, 12, 10: finito ex maxima parte.. [p. 228] italico bello, Vell. 2, 17, 1; Curt. 3, 1, 9; Tac. A. 15, 17; Just. 16, 2, 6; 24, 1, 8; Verg. A. 11, 116.—
d.
Less usual connections:
bellum delere: non modo praesentia sed etiam futura bella delevit,
Cic. Lael. 3, 11; cf. Nep. Alcib. 8, 4:
alere ac fovere bellum,
Liv. 42, 11, 5:
bellum navare alicui,
Tac. H. 5, 25:
spargere,
id. A. 3, 21; id. Agr. 38; Luc. 2, 682:
serere,
Liv. 21, 10, 4:
circumferre,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
exercere,
id. ib. 6, 31:
quam celeriter belli impetus navigavit ( = quam celeriter navale bellum gestum est),
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 34; so Flor. 2, 2, 17:
bellum ascendit in rupes,
id. 4, 12, 4:
bellum serpit in proximos,
id. 2, 9, 4; cf. id. 2, 2, 15:
bella narrare,
Cic. Or. 9, 30:
canere bella,
Quint. 10, 1, 91:
bella legere,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28.—
3.
As object denoting place or time.
a.
Proficisci ad bellum, to depart for the war.
(α).
Of the commander:
consul sortitu ad bellum profectus,
Cic. Phil. 14, 2, 4; cf. id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
ipse ad bellum Ambiorigis profectus,
Caes. B. G. 6, 29, 4:
ut duo ex tribunis ad bellum proficiscerentur,
Liv. 4, 45, 7; cf. id. 6, 2, 9: Nep. Alcib. 4, 1; Sall. H. 2, 96 Dietsch. —Post-class.:
in bellum,
Just. 2, 11, 9; Gell. 17, 9, 8.—
(β).
Of persons partaking in a war:
si proficiscerer ad bellum,
Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 1. —
b.
Ad bellum mittere, of the commander, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50; 21, 62.—
c.
In bella ruere, Verg. A. 7, 782; 9, 182:
in bella sequi,
id. ib. 8, 547.—
d.
Of time.
(α).
In the locative case belli, in war, during war; generally with domi ( = domi militiaeque):
valete, judices justissimi, domi bellique duellatores,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 68; so,
domi duellique,
id. As. 3, 2, 13 (v. I. supra):
quibuscunque rebus vel belli vel domi poterunt rem publicam augeant,
Cic. Off. 2, 24, 85:
paucorum arbitrio belli domique agitabatur,
Sall. J. 41, 7:
animus belli ingens, domi modicus,
id. ib. 63, 2; Liv. 2, 50, 11; 1, 36, 6; so id. 3, 43, 1; cf.:
bello domique,
id. 1, 34, 12:
domi belloque,
id. 9, 26, 21; and:
neque bello, neque domi,
id. 4, 35, 3.—Without domi:
simul rem et gloriam armis belli repperi,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 60 (where belli may be taken with gloriam; cf.
Wagn. ad loc.): magnae res temporibus illis a fortissimis viris... belli gerebantur,
Cic. Rep. 2, 32, 86.—
(β).
In bello or in bellis, during war or wars, in the war, in the wars; with adj.:
ad haec quae in civili bello fecerit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 47; cf. id. ib. 14, 8, 22:
in ipso bello eadem sensi,
id. Marcell. 5, 14:
in Volsco bello virtus enituit,
Liv. 2, 24, 8:
in eo bello,
id. 23, 46, 6:
in Punicis bellis, Plin.8, 14, 14, § 37: in bello Trojano,
id. 30, 1, 2, § 5.—Without adj.:
ut fit in bello, capitur alter filius,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 25:
qui in bello occiderunt,
Cic. Fam. 9, 5, 2:
quod in bello saepius vindicatum est in eos, etc.,
Sall. C. 9, 4:
non in bello solum, sed etiam in pace,
Liv. 1, 15, 8; 2, 23, 2:
in bello parta,
Quint. 5, 10, 42; 12, 1, 28.—
(γ).
Abl. bello or bellis = in bello or in bellis (freq.); with adjj.: nos semper omnibus Punicis Siciliensibusque bellis amicitiam fidemque populi Romani secuti sumus. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 47, § 124:
bello Italico,
id. Pis. 36, 87:
Veienti bello,
id. Div. 1, 44, 100:
domestico bello,
id. Planc. 29, 70:
qui Volsco, Aurunco Sabinoque militassent bello,
Liv. 23, 12, 11:
victor tot intra paucos dies bellis,
id. 2, 27, 1:
nullo bello, multis tamen proeliis victus,
id. 9, 18, 9:
bello civili,
Quint. 11, 1, 36.—With gen.:
praesentiam saepe divi suam declarant, ut et apud Regillum bello Latinorum,
Cic. N. D. 2, 2, 6:
suam felicitatem Helvetiorum bello esse perspectam,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40.—Without attrib.:
qui etiam bello victis regibus regna reddere consuevit,
Cic. Sest. 26, 57:
res pace belloque gestas,
Liv. 2, 1, 1:
egregieque rebus bello gestis,
id. 1, 33, 9; so id. 23, 12, 11:
ludi bello voti,
id. 4, 35. 3:
princeps pace belloque,
id. 7, 1, 9:
Cotyn bello juvisse Persea,
id. 45, 42, 7:
bello parta,
Quint. 5, 10, 15; cf. id. 7, 4, 22; Ov. M. 8, 19.—
(δ).
Inter bellum (rare):
cujus originis morem necesse est... inter bellum natum esse,
Liv. 2, 14, 2:
inter haec bella consules... facti,
id. 2, 63, 1.—
4.
Bellum in attributive connection.
a.
Justum bellum.
(α).
A righteous war, Cic. Off. 1, 11, 36 (v. II. A. 2. a. th supra):
justum piumque bellum,
Liv. 1, 23, 4:
non loquor apud recusantem justa bella populum,
id. 7, 30, 17; so Ov. M. 8, 58; cf.: illa injusta sunt bella quae sine causa suscepta sunt, Cic. Rep. 3, 23, 35.—
(β).
A regular war (opp. a raid, etc.):
in fines Romanos excucurrerunt, populabundi magis quam justi more belli,
Liv. 1, 15, 1.—
b.
For the different kinds of war: domesticum, civile, intestinum, externum, navale, maritimum, terra marique gestum, servile, sociale; v. hh. vv.—
c.
Belli eventus or exitus, the result of a war:
quicunque belli eventus fuisset,
Cic. Marcell. 8, 24:
haud sane alio animo belli eventum exspectabant,
Sall. C. 37, 9:
eventus tamen belli minus miserabilem dimicationem fecit,
Liv. 1, 23, 2; cf. id. 7, 11, 1:
exitus hujus calamitosissimi belli,
Cic. Fam. 6, 21, 1:
cum esset incertus exitus et anceps fortuna belli,
id. Marcell. 5, 15; so id. Off. 2, 8,:
Britannici belli exitus exspectatur,
id. Att. 4, 16, 13:
cetera bella maximeque Veiens incerti exitus erant,
Liv. 5, 16, 8.—
d.
Fortuna belli, the chances of war:
adeo varia fortuna belli ancepsque Mars fuit ut,
Liv. 21, 1, 2; cf. Cic. Marcell. 5, 15 (v. c. supra).—
e.
Belli artes, military skill:
cuilibet superiorum regum belli pacisque et artibus et gloria par,
Liv. 1, 35, 1:
haud ignotas belli artes,
id. 21, 1, 2:
temperata et belli et pacis artibus erat civitas,
id. 1, 21, 6.—
f.
Jus belli, the law of war: jura belli, the rights ( law) of war:
in re publica maxime servanda sunt jura belli,
Cic. Off. 1, 11, 34:
sunt et belli sicut pacis jura,
Liv. 5, 27, 6:
jure belli res vindicatur,
Gai. Inst. 3, 94.—
g.
Belli duces praestantissimos, the most excellent captains, generals, Cic. Or. 1, 2, 7:
trium simul bellorum victor,
a victor in three wars, Liv. 6, 4, 1 (cf.:
victor tot bellis,
id. 2, 27, 1). —
h.
Belli vulnera, Cic. Marcell. 8, 24.—
B.
Transf.
1.
Of things concr. and abstr.:
qui parietibus, qui tectis, qui columnis ac postibus meis... bellum intulistis,
Cic. Dom. 23, 60:
bellum contra aras et focos,
id. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
miror cur philosophiae... bellum indixeris,
id. Or. 2, 37, 155:
ventri Indico bellum,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 8.—
2.
Of animals:
milvo est quoddam bellum quasi naturale cum corvo,
Cic. N. D. 2, 49, 125:
hanc Juno Esse jussit gruem, populisque suis indicere bellum,
Ov. M. 6, 92.—
3.
With individuals:
quid mihi opu'st... cum eis gerere bellum, etc.,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 14:
nihil turpius quam cum eo bellum gerere quicum familiariter vixeris,
Cic. Lael. 21, 77:
cum mihi uni cum improbis aeternum videam bellum susceptum,
id. Sull. 9, 28:
hoc tibi juventus Romana indicimus bellum,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
falsum testem justo ac pio bello persequebatur,
id. 3, 25, 3:
tribunicium domi bellum patres territat,
id. 3, 24, 1; cf. Plin. Ep. 1, 2, 57.—Ironically:
equus Trojanus qui tot invictos viros muliebre bellum gerentes tulerit ac texerit,
Cic. Cael. 28, 67.—
4.
In mal. part., Hor. C. 3, 26, 3; 4, 1, 2.—
5.
Personified as god of war ( = Janus):
tabulas duas quae Belli faciem pictam habent,
Plin. 35, 4, 10, § 27:
sunt geminae Belli portae, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 607:
mortiferumque averso in limine Bellum,
id. ib. 6, 279.—
6.
Plur.: bella, army ( poet.):
permanet Aonius Nereus violentus in undis, Bellaque non transfert (i.e. Graecorum exercitum),
Ov. M. 12, 24:
sed victae fera bella deae vexere per aequora,
Sil. 7, 472:
quid faciat bellis obsessus et undis?
Stat. Th. 9, 490.—
7.
Battle, = proelium:
rorarii dicti a rore: qui bellum committebant ante,
Varr. L. L. 7, 3, 92:
quod in bello saepius vindicatum in eos qui... tardius, revocati, bello excesserant,
Sall. C. 9, 4:
praecipua laus ejus belli penes consules fuit,
Liv. 8, 10, 7:
commisso statim bello,
Front. Strat. 1, 11, 2:
Actia bella,
Verg. A. 8, 675:
ingentem pugnam, ceu cetera nusquam Bella forent,
id. ib. 2, 439; cf. Flor. 3, 5, 11; Just. 2, 12; 18, 1 fin.; 24, 8; Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 98 (form duellum); Ov. H. 1, 1, 69; Verg. A. 8, 547; 12, 390; 12, 633; Stat. Th. 3, 666. —
8.
Bellum = liber de bello:
quam gaudebat Bello suo Punico Naevius!
Cic. Sen. 14, 50.
b.
Referring to the carrying on of the war: bellum gerere, to carry on a war; absol., with cum and abl., per and acc., or in and abl. (cf.:
bellum gerere in aliquem, 1. a. and f. supra): nisi forte ego vobis... cessare nunc videor cum bella non gero,
Cic. Sen. 6, 18:
cum Celtiberis, cum Cimbris bellum ut cum inimicis gerebatur,
id. Off. 1, 12, 38:
cum ei bellum ut cum rege Perse gereret obtigisset,
id. Div. 1, 46, 103:
erant hae difficultates belli gerendi,
Caes. B. G. 3, 10:
bellum cum Germanis gerere constituit,
id. ib. 4, 6:
Cn. Pompeius in extremis terris bellum gerebat,
Sall. C. 16, 5:
bellum quod Hannibale duce Carthaginienses cum populo Romano gessere,
Liv. 21, 1, 1:
alter consul in Sabinis bellum gessit,
id. 2, 62, 3:
de exercitibus per quos id bellum gereretur,
id. 23, 25, 5:
Chabrias bella in Aegypto sua sponte gessit,
Nep. Chabr, 2, 1.—Sometimes bellum administrare only of the commander, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 43; Nep. Chabr. 2, 1. —Also (very rare):
bellum bellare,
Liv. 8, 40, 1 (but belligerantes is absol., Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38; Ann. v. 201 Vahl.);
in the same sense: bellum agere,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3. —As a synonym:
bello persequi aliquem,
Nep. Con. 4, 1; cf. Liv. 3, 25, 3.—
(β).
Trahere or ducere bellum, to protract a war:
necesse est enim aut trahi id bellum, aut, etc.,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 2:
bellum trahi non posse,
Sall. J. 23, 2:
belli trahendi causa,
Liv. 5, 11, 8:
morae qua trahebant bellum paenitebat,
id. 9, 27, 5:
suadere institui ut bellum duceret,
Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 2:
bellum enim ducetur,
id. ad Brut. 1, 18, 6; Nep. Alcib. 8, 1; id. Dat. 8, 4;
similarly: cum his molliter et per dilationes bellum geri oportet?
Liv. 5, 5, 1.—
(γ).
Bellum repellere, defendere, or propulsare, to ward off, defend one ' s self against a war:
bellum Gallicum C. Caesare imperatore gestum est, antea tantummodo repulsum,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 13, 32:
quod bellum non intulerit sed defenderit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 44:
Samnitium vix a se ipsis eo tempore propulsantium bellum,
Liv. 8, 37, 5.—
c.
Referring to the end of a war.
(α).
Bellum deponere, ponere, or omittere, to give up, discontinue a war:
in quo (i.e. bello) et gerendo et deponendo jus ut plurimum valeret lege sanximus,
Cic. Leg. 2, 14, 34:
(bellum) cum deponi victores velint,
Sall. J. 83, 1:
bellum decem ferme annis ante depositum erat,
Liv. 31, 1, 8:
nos depositum a vobis bellum et ipsi omisimus,
id. 31, 31, 19:
dicit posse condicionibus bellum poni,
Sall. J. 112, 1:
bellum grave cum Etruria positum est,
id. H. Fragm. 1, 9 Dietsch:
velut posito bello,
Liv. 1, 53, 5:
manere bellum quod positum simuletur,
id. 1, 53, 7:
posito ubique bello,
Tac. H. 2, 52; cf. Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 93; Verg. A. 1, 291:
omisso Romano bello Porsinna filium Arruntem Ariciam... mittit,
Liv. 2, 14, 5.—
(β).
Bellum componere, to end a war by agreement, make peace:
timerent ne bellum componeretur,
Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 3:
si bellum compositum foret,
Sall. J. 97, 2:
belli componendi licentiam,
id. ib. 103, 3; cf. Nep. Ham. 1, 5; id. Hann. 6, 2; id. Alcib. 8, 3; Verg. A. 12, 109;
similarly: bellum sedare,
Nep. Dat. 8, 5.—
(γ).
Bellum conficere, perficere, finire, to finish, end a war; conficere (the most usual term) and perficere, = to finish a war by conquering; finire (rare), without implying success:
is bellum confecerit qui Antonium oppresserit,
Cic. Fam. 11, 12, 2:
bellumque maximum conficies,
id. Rep. 6, 11, 11:
confecto Mithridatico bello,
id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; cf. id. Fam. 5, 10, 3; id. Imp. Pomp. 14, 42:
quo proelio... bellum Venetorum confectum est,
Caes. B. G. 3, 16; cf. id. ib. 1, 30; 1, 44; 1, 54; 3, 28;
4, 16: bello confecto de Rhodiis consultum est,
Sall. C. 51, 5; cf. id. J. 36, 1; 114, 3:
neminem nisi bello confecto pecuniam petiturum esse,
Liv. 24, 18, 11; cf. id. 21, 40, 11; 23, 6, 2; 31, 47, 4; 32, 32, 6;
36, 2, 3: bello perfecto,
Caes. B. C. 3, 18, 5; Liv. 1, 38, 3:
se quo die hostem vidisset perfecturum (i. e. bellum),
id. 22, 38, 7; 31, 4, 2; cf. id. 3, 24, 1; 34, 6, 12; Just. 5, 2, 11:
neque desiturum ante... quam finitum aliqua tolerabili condicione bellum videro,
Liv. 23, 12, 10: finito ex maxima parte.. [p. 228] italico bello, Vell. 2, 17, 1; Curt. 3, 1, 9; Tac. A. 15, 17; Just. 16, 2, 6; 24, 1, 8; Verg. A. 11, 116.—
d.
Less usual connections:
bellum delere: non modo praesentia sed etiam futura bella delevit,
Cic. Lael. 3, 11; cf. Nep. Alcib. 8, 4:
alere ac fovere bellum,
Liv. 42, 11, 5:
bellum navare alicui,
Tac. H. 5, 25:
spargere,
id. A. 3, 21; id. Agr. 38; Luc. 2, 682:
serere,
Liv. 21, 10, 4:
circumferre,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
exercere,
id. ib. 6, 31:
quam celeriter belli impetus navigavit ( = quam celeriter navale bellum gestum est),
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 34; so Flor. 2, 2, 17:
bellum ascendit in rupes,
id. 4, 12, 4:
bellum serpit in proximos,
id. 2, 9, 4; cf. id. 2, 2, 15:
bella narrare,
Cic. Or. 9, 30:
canere bella,
Quint. 10, 1, 91:
bella legere,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28.—
3.
As object denoting place or time.
a.
Proficisci ad bellum, to depart for the war.
(α).
Of the commander:
consul sortitu ad bellum profectus,
Cic. Phil. 14, 2, 4; cf. id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
ipse ad bellum Ambiorigis profectus,
Caes. B. G. 6, 29, 4:
ut duo ex tribunis ad bellum proficiscerentur,
Liv. 4, 45, 7; cf. id. 6, 2, 9: Nep. Alcib. 4, 1; Sall. H. 2, 96 Dietsch. —Post-class.:
in bellum,
Just. 2, 11, 9; Gell. 17, 9, 8.—
(β).
Of persons partaking in a war:
si proficiscerer ad bellum,
Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 1. —
b.
Ad bellum mittere, of the commander, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50; 21, 62.—
c.
In bella ruere, Verg. A. 7, 782; 9, 182:
in bella sequi,
id. ib. 8, 547.—
d.
Of time.
(α).
In the locative case belli, in war, during war; generally with domi ( = domi militiaeque):
valete, judices justissimi, domi bellique duellatores,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 68; so,
domi duellique,
id. As. 3, 2, 13 (v. I. supra):
quibuscunque rebus vel belli vel domi poterunt rem publicam augeant,
Cic. Off. 2, 24, 85:
paucorum arbitrio belli domique agitabatur,
Sall. J. 41, 7:
animus belli ingens, domi modicus,
id. ib. 63, 2; Liv. 2, 50, 11; 1, 36, 6; so id. 3, 43, 1; cf.:
bello domique,
id. 1, 34, 12:
domi belloque,
id. 9, 26, 21; and:
neque bello, neque domi,
id. 4, 35, 3.—Without domi:
simul rem et gloriam armis belli repperi,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 60 (where belli may be taken with gloriam; cf.
Wagn. ad loc.): magnae res temporibus illis a fortissimis viris... belli gerebantur,
Cic. Rep. 2, 32, 86.—
(β).
In bello or in bellis, during war or wars, in the war, in the wars; with adj.:
ad haec quae in civili bello fecerit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 47; cf. id. ib. 14, 8, 22:
in ipso bello eadem sensi,
id. Marcell. 5, 14:
in Volsco bello virtus enituit,
Liv. 2, 24, 8:
in eo bello,
id. 23, 46, 6:
in Punicis bellis, Plin.8, 14, 14, § 37: in bello Trojano,
id. 30, 1, 2, § 5.—Without adj.:
ut fit in bello, capitur alter filius,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 25:
qui in bello occiderunt,
Cic. Fam. 9, 5, 2:
quod in bello saepius vindicatum est in eos, etc.,
Sall. C. 9, 4:
non in bello solum, sed etiam in pace,
Liv. 1, 15, 8; 2, 23, 2:
in bello parta,
Quint. 5, 10, 42; 12, 1, 28.—
(γ).
Abl. bello or bellis = in bello or in bellis (freq.); with adjj.: nos semper omnibus Punicis Siciliensibusque bellis amicitiam fidemque populi Romani secuti sumus. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 47, § 124:
bello Italico,
id. Pis. 36, 87:
Veienti bello,
id. Div. 1, 44, 100:
domestico bello,
id. Planc. 29, 70:
qui Volsco, Aurunco Sabinoque militassent bello,
Liv. 23, 12, 11:
victor tot intra paucos dies bellis,
id. 2, 27, 1:
nullo bello, multis tamen proeliis victus,
id. 9, 18, 9:
bello civili,
Quint. 11, 1, 36.—With gen.:
praesentiam saepe divi suam declarant, ut et apud Regillum bello Latinorum,
Cic. N. D. 2, 2, 6:
suam felicitatem Helvetiorum bello esse perspectam,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40.—Without attrib.:
qui etiam bello victis regibus regna reddere consuevit,
Cic. Sest. 26, 57:
res pace belloque gestas,
Liv. 2, 1, 1:
egregieque rebus bello gestis,
id. 1, 33, 9; so id. 23, 12, 11:
ludi bello voti,
id. 4, 35. 3:
princeps pace belloque,
id. 7, 1, 9:
Cotyn bello juvisse Persea,
id. 45, 42, 7:
bello parta,
Quint. 5, 10, 15; cf. id. 7, 4, 22; Ov. M. 8, 19.—
(δ).
Inter bellum (rare):
cujus originis morem necesse est... inter bellum natum esse,
Liv. 2, 14, 2:
inter haec bella consules... facti,
id. 2, 63, 1.—
4.
Bellum in attributive connection.
a.
Justum bellum.
(α).
A righteous war, Cic. Off. 1, 11, 36 (v. II. A. 2. a. th supra):
justum piumque bellum,
Liv. 1, 23, 4:
non loquor apud recusantem justa bella populum,
id. 7, 30, 17; so Ov. M. 8, 58; cf.: illa injusta sunt bella quae sine causa suscepta sunt, Cic. Rep. 3, 23, 35.—
(β).
A regular war (opp. a raid, etc.):
in fines Romanos excucurrerunt, populabundi magis quam justi more belli,
Liv. 1, 15, 1.—
b.
For the different kinds of war: domesticum, civile, intestinum, externum, navale, maritimum, terra marique gestum, servile, sociale; v. hh. vv.—
c.
Belli eventus or exitus, the result of a war:
quicunque belli eventus fuisset,
Cic. Marcell. 8, 24:
haud sane alio animo belli eventum exspectabant,
Sall. C. 37, 9:
eventus tamen belli minus miserabilem dimicationem fecit,
Liv. 1, 23, 2; cf. id. 7, 11, 1:
exitus hujus calamitosissimi belli,
Cic. Fam. 6, 21, 1:
cum esset incertus exitus et anceps fortuna belli,
id. Marcell. 5, 15; so id. Off. 2, 8,:
Britannici belli exitus exspectatur,
id. Att. 4, 16, 13:
cetera bella maximeque Veiens incerti exitus erant,
Liv. 5, 16, 8.—
d.
Fortuna belli, the chances of war:
adeo varia fortuna belli ancepsque Mars fuit ut,
Liv. 21, 1, 2; cf. Cic. Marcell. 5, 15 (v. c. supra).—
e.
Belli artes, military skill:
cuilibet superiorum regum belli pacisque et artibus et gloria par,
Liv. 1, 35, 1:
haud ignotas belli artes,
id. 21, 1, 2:
temperata et belli et pacis artibus erat civitas,
id. 1, 21, 6.—
f.
Jus belli, the law of war: jura belli, the rights ( law) of war:
in re publica maxime servanda sunt jura belli,
Cic. Off. 1, 11, 34:
sunt et belli sicut pacis jura,
Liv. 5, 27, 6:
jure belli res vindicatur,
Gai. Inst. 3, 94.—
g.
Belli duces praestantissimos, the most excellent captains, generals, Cic. Or. 1, 2, 7:
trium simul bellorum victor,
a victor in three wars, Liv. 6, 4, 1 (cf.:
victor tot bellis,
id. 2, 27, 1). —
h.
Belli vulnera, Cic. Marcell. 8, 24.—
B.
Transf.
1.
Of things concr. and abstr.:
qui parietibus, qui tectis, qui columnis ac postibus meis... bellum intulistis,
Cic. Dom. 23, 60:
bellum contra aras et focos,
id. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
miror cur philosophiae... bellum indixeris,
id. Or. 2, 37, 155:
ventri Indico bellum,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 8.—
2.
Of animals:
milvo est quoddam bellum quasi naturale cum corvo,
Cic. N. D. 2, 49, 125:
hanc Juno Esse jussit gruem, populisque suis indicere bellum,
Ov. M. 6, 92.—
3.
With individuals:
quid mihi opu'st... cum eis gerere bellum, etc.,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 14:
nihil turpius quam cum eo bellum gerere quicum familiariter vixeris,
Cic. Lael. 21, 77:
cum mihi uni cum improbis aeternum videam bellum susceptum,
id. Sull. 9, 28:
hoc tibi juventus Romana indicimus bellum,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
falsum testem justo ac pio bello persequebatur,
id. 3, 25, 3:
tribunicium domi bellum patres territat,
id. 3, 24, 1; cf. Plin. Ep. 1, 2, 57.—Ironically:
equus Trojanus qui tot invictos viros muliebre bellum gerentes tulerit ac texerit,
Cic. Cael. 28, 67.—
4.
In mal. part., Hor. C. 3, 26, 3; 4, 1, 2.—
5.
Personified as god of war ( = Janus):
tabulas duas quae Belli faciem pictam habent,
Plin. 35, 4, 10, § 27:
sunt geminae Belli portae, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 607:
mortiferumque averso in limine Bellum,
id. ib. 6, 279.—
6.
Plur.: bella, army ( poet.):
permanet Aonius Nereus violentus in undis, Bellaque non transfert (i.e. Graecorum exercitum),
Ov. M. 12, 24:
sed victae fera bella deae vexere per aequora,
Sil. 7, 472:
quid faciat bellis obsessus et undis?
Stat. Th. 9, 490.—
7.
Battle, = proelium:
rorarii dicti a rore: qui bellum committebant ante,
Varr. L. L. 7, 3, 92:
quod in bello saepius vindicatum in eos qui... tardius, revocati, bello excesserant,
Sall. C. 9, 4:
praecipua laus ejus belli penes consules fuit,
Liv. 8, 10, 7:
commisso statim bello,
Front. Strat. 1, 11, 2:
Actia bella,
Verg. A. 8, 675:
ingentem pugnam, ceu cetera nusquam Bella forent,
id. ib. 2, 439; cf. Flor. 3, 5, 11; Just. 2, 12; 18, 1 fin.; 24, 8; Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 98 (form duellum); Ov. H. 1, 1, 69; Verg. A. 8, 547; 12, 390; 12, 633; Stat. Th. 3, 666. —
8.
Bellum = liber de bello:
quam gaudebat Bello suo Punico Naevius!
Cic. Sen. 14, 50.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > bellum
5 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
6 SEGJA

utter

* * *

(segi, sagða, sagðr), v.

1) to say, tell (seg þú mér þat, er ek spyr þik);

þeir sögðu, at þeir skyldu aldri upp gefast, they said they would never yield;

segja e-m leið, to tell the way, esp. on the sea, to pilot;

segja tíðendi, to tell news;

impers. it is told (hér segir frá Birni bunu);

sem áðr sagði, as was told before;

segjanda er allt vin sínum, all can be told to a friend;

2) to say, declare, in an oath;

ek segi þat guði (Æsi), I declare to God (to the ‘Áss’);

3) law phrases;

segja sik í þing, lög, to declare oneself member of a community;

segja sik ór þingi, lögum, to declare oneself out of, withdraw from, a community;

segja skilit við konu, to declare oneself separated from, divorce, one’s wife;

segja fram sök, to declare one’s case;

segja lög, to recite the law, of the lögsögumaðr;

4) to signify, mean (þetta segir svá);

5) with preps., segja e-n af e-u, to declare one off a thing, take it from him;

segja e-t á e-n, to impose on (bœta at þeim hluta, sem lög segði á hann); to announce (segja á reiði, úsátt sína);

segja eptir e-m, to tell tales of one;

segja frá e-u, to tell, relate;

Unnr, er ek sagða þér frá, U. of whom I told thee;

segja fyrir e-u, to prescribe (svá var með öllu farit, sem hann hafði fyrir sagt);

segja fyrir skipi, to bid God-speed to a ship;

segja e-t fyrir, to predict, foretell (segja fyrir úorðna hluti);

segja e-u sundr, í sundr, to break up, dissolve (segja sundr friði, frændsemi, hjúskap);

segja til e-s, to tell, inform of (segit honum ekki til, hvat þér hafit gört við hrossit);

segja til nafns síns, segja til sín, to tell (give) one’s name;

segja upp e-t, to pronounce (segja upp dóm, gørð);

segja upp lög, to proclaim the law (from the law-hill);

segja e-n upp, to give one up;

segja upp e-u, to declare at an end (segja upp friði, griðum);

segja upp þjónustu við e-n, to leave one’s service;

6) refl., segjast, to declare of oneself;

hann sagðist þá vaka, he said that he was awake;

kristnir menn ok heiðnir sögðust hvárir ór lögum annarra, they declared themselves each out of the other’s laws;

láta (sér) segjast, to let oneself be spoken to, listen to reason;

impers., e-m segist svá, one’s tale runs so.

* * *

pres. segi, segir, segi, pl. segjum, segit, segja; pret. sagði, pl. sögðu; pres. subj. segja; pret. segða, segðir, segði; imperat. seg, segðú; part. sagðr: doubtful forms are sagat, sagaðr, Merl. 2. 4: a pres. indic. seg, segr, ek seg, Grág. i. 64, 134; segr hann, Fms. x. 421; segsk, Grág.i. 159, ii. 57: with a neg. suff. segr-at, Grág. ii. 214; sagðit, Hým. 14; segit-a, tell ye not! Vkv. 21: an older form seggja with a double g is suggested in Lex. Poët. in two or three passages, cp. A. S. secgan, as also seggr; but in Haustl. l. c. the g in ‘sagna’ is soft, and not hard (gg) as in mod. Icel. pronunciation, and sagna would fairly rhyme with segjaandum: [a word common to all Teut. languages, except that, strangely enough, no Goth. form is recorded, for Ulf. renders λαλειν, λέγειν, εἰπειν, by maþljan, quiþan, rodjan; so it may be that the earliest sense was not to say = Lat. dicere, but a limited one, to tell, proclaim; A. S. secgan; Engl. say; Dan. sige; Swed. segja.]

A. To say, in the oldest poems chiefly,

I. to tell, report, Lat. narrare, dicere; segðu, imperat. tell thou me! say! Vþm. 11, 13, 15. 17, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, Alm. 10, 12, 14, 16. etc., Skm. 3; segðu mér ór helju ek man ór heimi, Vtkv. 6; atgeirinn sagði ( foretold) manns bana, eins eðr fleiri, Nj. 119; mér segir svá hugr um, my mind tells me, I have a foreboding; eigi segir mér vel hugr um þessa ferð, Ld. 366; sagði honum mjök úvænt hugr um hennar hag, Fms. x. 215; sagðit honum hugr vel þá, Hým. 14; seg oss draum þinn, Nj. 95; hann segir honum greiniliga slíkt er hann spurði, Fms. ii. 99; þessi saga er nú ætlu vér at segja, viii. 1 (see saga); hann spurði hvers synir þeir væri,—þeir sögðu, Nj. 125; fór sveinninn ok sagði til Haralds, Fms. vii. 167; hvat hark var þat?—Honum var sagt, 168; svá hafa spakir menn sagt, Ib. 6; svá sagði Þorkell oss, 5; svá sagði Teitr oss, id.; svá sagði oss Úlfhéðinn Gunnarsson, 9; þenna atburð sagði Teitr oss, at því es Kristni kom á Ísland, 13; en Hallr sagði oss svá, 15; svá sagði hann oss, id.; en honum sagði Þórarinn bróðir hans, 16; es sannliga es sagt, at fyrst færi til Íslands, 4; hvatki er missagt es í fræðum þessum (pref.); þar sagði hann eigi koma dag á vetr, Landn. (pref.); svá segja vitrir menn, … en svá er sagt, 25; svá sagði Sæmundr prestr enn fróði, 27; er svá sagt, at honum hafi flestir hlutir höfðingligast gefnir verit, Nj. 254: of inscriptions, writing, segja þær (the Runes) formála þenna allan, Eg. 390; segja bækr, at …, 625. 88; skal sú skrá hafa sitt mál, er lengra segir, Grág. i. 7: segja leið, to tell the way, to guide, esp. on the sea, to pilot, Fms. xi. 123, Eg. 359 (leið-sögn, leiðsögu-maðr):—to tell, bid, far þú ok seg Agli, at þeir búisk þaðan fimmtán, Nj. 94; hann sendi húskarl at segja Steinari, at hann færði bústað sinn, to tell S. to change his abode, Eg. 749; segðu honum að koma, tell him to come!

2. with prepp.; segja eptir e-m, to tell tales of one, inform against, Al. 125; hann sagði eptir mér, segðu ekki eptir mér!—s. frá e-u (frá-sögn), to tell, relate, Nj. 96; þar er hón nú, Unnr, er ek sagða þér frá, U., of whom I told thee, 3; eigi má ofsögum segja frá vitsmunum þínum, Ld. 132: s. fyrir, to dictate, Fms. vii. 226, Fb. iii. 533, Nj. 256: to foretel, Rb. 332; s. fyrir úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 76, viii. 5: segja fyrir skipi, to bid Godspeed to a ship (on her first voyage), ix. 480: to prescribe, Ld. 54; þeir sigldu um nóttina, en hann sagði fyrir ( piloted) með viti ok gæfu, Bs. i. 562: s. manni fyrir jörðu, to give notice as to the redemption of an estate, Gþl. 295–297, 301 sqq.:—segja til, to give up; s. til nafns sins, to give one’s name (on being asked), Hbl.; hvat er nafn höfðingja yðvars? Rútr segir til sin. R. told his name (said, my name is R.) Nj. 8; sagði Örnólfr til svá-felldra itaka, Dipl. i. 1; skal ek hér fá þér sæmd ok virðing, þá er þú kannt mér sjálfr til s., Eg. 312.

3. impers. it is told: hér hefsk Landnáma-bok, ok segir í hinum fyrsta kapitula, hversn, Landn. 24: hér segir frá Birni bunu, 39; segir nokkut af hans orrostum, Fms. viii. 3; sem segir í sögu hans, i. 4 (see saga); sem áðr sagði, … sem sagði fyrr, as was told before, x. 382, 410.

II. to say, pronounce, declare; eg seg þat Guði, I declare to God (in an oath, cp. Engl. ‘so help me, God’), Grág. i. 64, 134; ok segi ek þat Æsi, Glúm. 388.

2. so in the law phrases, segja sik í þing, lög, and the like, to declare oneself in a community, to enter a community under the law; as also, segja sik ór þingi, lögum, to declare oneself out of, to withdraw from, a community, Grág. and the Sagas passim; segja skilit við konu, to declare oneself separated from, to divorce one’s wife, Nj. 50; segja þing laust, to declare a meeting at an end, Grág, i. 116:—segja lög, to say the law, used of the speaker’s (lögsögu-maðr) decisions; syni Erlings segi ek engi lög, i. e. I give no sentence for him, Fms. ix. 331: iron., sögðu sverð þeirra ein lög öllum Svíum, ii. 315; s. prófan (á) málum, K. Á. 216; s. dóm, to give sentence.

3. with prepp.; s. e-n af e-n, to ‘declare a person off a thing,’ i. e. take it from him; hann sagði Vastes af drottningar-dómi ok öllu því ríki, Sks. 462; þá er hann þegar sagðr af lærðra manna tign, 694; skipta svá miklum ríkdómi, ok segja hann af einhverjum ok til annars, i. e. to take it from one and give it to another, Fms. ix. 330; þann dag segja lög mann at aptni af griði, Grág. i. 146; s. e-n afhendan, to declare a person off one’s hands, give him up, Fs. 34:—s. e-t á, to announce:þú skalt segja á reiði mína, Nj. 216; s. á úsátt sína, 256; bæta at þeim hluta sem lög segði á hann, as the law declared, imposed, Fms. x. 152:—s. aptr, to break up, dissolve; s. friði aptr, N. G. L. i. 103:—segja sundr = segja aptr, s. sundr griðum, frændsemi, Fms. ix. 276, x. 133, Fas. ii. 136:—s. fram, to say, pronounce, esp. of pleading, to read; s. fram sök and the like, Grág., Nj. passim:—s. fyrir, see l. 2:—s. upp, to pronounce; er hann hafði þenna kost upp sagðan, Fms. xi. 284: segja upp görð, dóm, sætt, to pronounce sentence, as a judge or umpire, Grág., Nj. Band. 12, passim; s. upp lög, to proclaim the law from the law-hill (the act was called upp-saga), Ib. 17, Bs. i. 25; at hann segði upp lögin, Nj. 164: s. e-n upp, to give one up, Sturl. iii. 181 C: segja e-u upp, to declare at an end; segja upp friði, griðum, Fms. x. 133; segja upp þjónustu við e-n, to leave one’s service, Hkr. iii. 68. to speak, talk; skaut konungr á erendi, talaði hátt ok hvellt ok segir svá—þat er …, Fms. i. 215; ‘þenna kost viljum vér,’ segir Skapti, Nj. 150; ‘frauva,’ segir hann, ‘þat er satt er þú mælir,’ Fms. x. 421. 2. in a dialogue: segir hann, segir hón, says he, says she, etc.; ‘Kenni ek víst,’ segir Otkell,—‘Hverr á,’ segir Skamkell; ‘Melkólfr þræll,’ segir Otkell,—‘Kenna skulu þá fleiri,’ segir Skamkell, ‘en vit tveir,’ 75; Gunnarr mælti—‘Veiztú hvat þér mun verða at bana?’—‘Veit ek,’ segir Njáll,—‘Hvat?’ segir Gunnarr;—‘Þat sem allir munn sízt ætla,’ segir Njáll, 85; and so in countless instances.

IV. to signify, mean; þetta segir svá, Fms. viii. 239; ‘fiat voluntas tua,’ þat segir svá, ‘verði þinn vili,’ Hom. 157.

B. Reflex. to declare of oneself; hann sagðisk þá vaka, he said that he was awake, Nj. 153; sagðisk Haraldr vilja leggja við hann vináttu, Fms. i. 53; þeir sem sögðusk segja fyrir úvorðna hluti, 76; at þú sér annarr en þú segisk, Fas. ii. 544, freq. esp. in mod. usage, for the old writers in this case prefer kveðsk, káðusk (from kveða).

II. as a law phrase, þú segsk í þing með Áskatli goða, Nj. 231; maðr skal segjask í þing með goða þeim er hann vill, Grág. i. 159; nefndu hvárir vátta, Kristnir menn ok heiðnir, ok sögðusk hvárir ór lögum annarra, Nj. 164 (Id. 11, Bs. i. 22); hón sagðisk í ætt sína, she told her origin, i. e. she was exactly like her parents, Njarð. 382: impers. phrase, e-m segisk svá, one’s tale runs so; honum sagðisk svá til, his story runs; or, honum segist vel, he speaks well; honum sagðist vél í dag, he preached well to-day! það segist á e-u, there is a penalty on it, ‘tis not allowed; láta sér segjask. to let oneself be spoken to, be reasonable, Am. 29, and in mod. usage.

III. part., sönnu sagðr, convicted of, Sdm. 25; Jupiter vill vita hvárt hann er sönnu sagðr, if the charge is true, Bret. 12: gerund., in the saying, segjanda er allt vin sínum, all can be said to a friend, one can open one’s, heart to him. Eg. 330.

IV. pass. it is said; svá segisk, at …, Fms. i. 98; þessi kvikendi segjask augnafull umhverfis, Hom. 48; hann segisk ( is said to be, Lat. dicitur) skapaðr ór jörðn, Eluc. 21; segist í hverri viku sálu-messa, Dipl. i. 8; Zabulon, þat má hér segjast bygging, Stj.; ef nokkut riptist eðr af segðist, Dipl. iii. 11; segist þetta með öngu móti aptr, cannot be refuted, Fms. ix. 476, Hom. 154; af sögðum bæjum, aforesaid, Vm. 84; fyrr-sagðr, aforesaid; but this passive is unclassical, being taken from the Latin, and rare even in mod. usage.

V. segendr, part. pl. (seggendr, with a double g. Haustl.), sayers, reporters; sjáendr eða segendr, Grág. ii. 88. segjands-saga, u, f. a hearsay tale; skoluð ér hér vera ok sjá þau tíðendi er hér görask, er yðr þá eigi segjanz-saga til, þvíat ér skolut frá segja ok yrkja um síðan, Ó. H. 206; hence the mod. það er segin saga, a told tale, a thing of course [cp. Fr. ca va sans dire].

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > SEGJA
7 BERA

tote

* * *

I)

(ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.

I.

1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);

bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;

bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;

bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;

2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);

bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;

3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);

4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;

kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;

absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;

the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;

verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;

þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;

borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;

Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;

borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;

5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;

bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;

bera e-n málum, to bear one down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit;

bera e-n sök, to charge one with a fault;

bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;

verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;

borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;

þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;

borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;

6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);

þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;

fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);

of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);

absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;

similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;

bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;

hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?

hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;

bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;

7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);

bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);

bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;

bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;

bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;

bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;

bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;

bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;

bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;

bera e-m vel (illa) söguna, to give a favourable (unfavourable) account of one;

refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);

8) to set forth, report, tell;

bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);

bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;

bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;

bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;

bera upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle;

bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;

bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;

eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;

9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);

bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);

bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;

vel viti borinn, endowed with a good understanding;

bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;

bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;

bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;

10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);

bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;

hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;

bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;

bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;

bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;

bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;

11) with preps.:

bera af e-m, to surpass;

en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;

bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;

bera eld at, to set fire to;

bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;

bera vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons;

bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);

bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);

bera e-t um, to wind round;

þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;

bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;

bera út barn, to expose a child;

12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);

láta af berast, to die;

láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);

berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);

at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;

berast vápn á, to attack one another;

berast at or til, to happen;

þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;

ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;

berast í móti, to happen, occur;

hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;

berast við, to be prevented;

ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;

II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;

1) with acc., it bears or carries one to a place;

alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);

bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;

esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;

þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;

Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;

ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;

e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;

hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);

2) followed by preps.:

Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;

hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;

e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;

Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;

e-t berr á milli, comes between;

leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;

fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;

mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;

veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;

e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;

bera saman, to coincide;

bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;

fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;

fund várn bar saman, we met;

3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;

svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;

þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;

bar honum svá til, it so befell him;

þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;

raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;

4) of time, to fall upon;

ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;

bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;

5) denoting cause;

e-t berr til, causes a thing;

konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;

ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;

berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;

6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;

hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;

e-t berr frá, is surpassing;

er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;

7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;

e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;

8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;

e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);

used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).

II)

(að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).

III)

f. she-bear, = birna.

* * *

1.

u, f.

I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.

II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.

2.

bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].

A. Lat. ferre, portare:

I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.

2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.

3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.

II. without a sense of motion:

1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.

β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.

2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:

α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.

β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.

3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:

α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.

β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.

III. in law terms or modes of procedure:

1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)

2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.

β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.

B. Various and metaph. cases.

I. denoting motion:

1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.

β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.

2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.

II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.

2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.

III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.

IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.

β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.

γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.

C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:

I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.

β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.

γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.

2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.

II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.

2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.

3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.

4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.

β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.

γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.

5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.

β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.

III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.

IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.

D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA
8 обязательство

1) General subject: bond, commercial paper, commitment, committal, engagement, guaranty, indebtedness (моральное; перёд кем-л.), liability (обыкн. pl), obligation, obligement, plight, pre-engagement, recognizance (данное суду), sealer, trust, undertaking, debt

2) Military: undertaking (основное значение)

3) Bookish: plighter

4) History: homage (принимаемое на себя вассалом по отношению к феодалу)

5) Religion: bonds

6) Law: act and deed, assumpsit, assumpsit (устное или письменное, но не заверенное печатью), bill, binding, bond guarantee, bondage, burden, charge, (подтверждённое) commitment, covenant (из договора за печатью), (договорное) obligation, pledge, recognisance, sponsion

7) Economy: encumbrance (с обеспечением имуществом), engagements, obligating document

8) Accounting: commitment (ожидаемые затраты по договору), encumbrance (с имущественным обеспечением), imputation, promise, ties

9) Linguistics: commissive

10) Insurance: Bd

11) Automobile industry: contract

12) Cinema: mandate

13) Banking: tie

14) Taxes: due, dues

15) Business: encumbrance, pawn, responsibility, statement of liability (например, письменное (written))

16) Management: position

17) EBRD: liability

18) leg.N.P. creditor-debtor relationship, debt relationship, duty, legal duty, liability (arising from contracts or in consequence of torts), obligation (as technical term of English law), obligation (as the term is used in English expositions of the Roman law to translate the latin "obligatio")

19) Makarov: law liability, seal

20) oil&gas: guarantee

21) Phraseological unit: bird in the bosom

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > обязательство
9 задаток

1) General subject: advance money, bargain money, deposit, earnest, earnest money (The civil law term “earnest money” derives from Roman law (Justinian Institutes III, 23) and the 1804 French Civil Code (article 1590). It resembles the common law concept of down payment. But, unlike down payment, earnest mone), earnest penny, (денежный) earnest-penny, fine, handsel, hansel, pledge, rudiments, downpayment

2) American: binder

3) Latin: arra (римское право)

4) Law: advance deposit, arless - penny, depositation, earles-penny, handsale

5) Economy: bargain money (при заключении сделки), earnest payment (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Earnest_payment)

6) Cinema: retainer

7) Scottish language: arles

8) Banking: caution, caution money, up-front money, up-front sum

9) EBRD: caution deposit, down payment, good faith (при сделках с недвижимостью), paydown

10) leg.N.P. deposit (given to a trader), earnest (sales)

11) Makarov: earnest-penny (денежный)

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > задаток
10 Latīnitās

Latīnitās ātis, f [Latinus], pure Latin style, Latinity: auctor Latinitatis.—In law, the civil rights of Latins (i. e. ius Latii).
* * *

latinitatis N F

Latinity; pure Latin style; L:Latin Law

Latin-English dictionary > Latīnitās
11 RÚN

f., pl. rúnar: [rún, raun, reyna are all kindred words, and a lost strong verb, rúna, raun, meaning to enquire, may be presumed; the original notion is scrutiny, mystery, secret conversation; Gotb. runa, by which Ulf. several times renders the Gr. μυστήριον and συμβούλιον (once, Matth. xxvii. 1), βουλή (twice, Luke vii. 30, 1 Cor. iv. 5); A. S. rún = a ‘rowning’ mystery, but also = writing, charter; Hel. rûna = colloquium, and geruni = loquela (Schmeller); cp. Old Engl. to rown, Germ. raunen; Gr. ἐ-ρευνάω is also supposed to be a kindred word (Bugge). In Scandin. writers and poets rún is chiefly used of magical characters, then of writing, whereas the derivative word raun means trial, enquiry, and rúni and rúna = a friend or counsellor.]

B. A secret, hidden lore, mystery; frá jötna rúnum ok allra goða segðú it sannasta, Vþm. 42, 43; kenna rúnar, to teach wisdom, Rm. 33; dæma um rúnar ok regin-dóma, Hm. 112; minnask á fornar rúnar, Vsp. 59: saws, segja sannar rúnir, to tell true saws, Fas. ii. 302 (in a verse): a ‘rowning’ speech, vifs rúnir, a woman’s whispering, Bm.; heita e-n at rúnum, to consult one, Gh. 12, Skv. 3. 14, 43; hniga at rúnum, Gkv. 3. 4.

II. a Rune or written character; the earliest Runes were not writing in proper sense, but fanciful signs possessing a magical power; such Runes have, through vulgar superstition, been handed down even to the present time, for a specimen of them see Ísl. Þjóðs. i.435, 436, and Arna-Magn. Nos. 687. 4 to, and 434. 12 mo (Ísl. Þjóðs.pref. ix); the classical passages for these spell-Runes are, Hm. 133 sqq., Sdm. 5 sqq., Skm. 29, 36, Eg. ch. 44, 61, 75, Yngl. S. ch. 7, Grett. ch. 85, N. G. L. iii. 286, 300, Vsp. 59; cp. also the phrase, rísta trénið, Grág., Fs. 56. The phrase in the old Danish Ballads, kaste runer, to throw Rúnes, i. e. chips (see hlaut, hlautviðr), may be compared to the Lat. sortes, Mommsen’s Hist, of Rome, vol. i. p. 187, foot-note (Engl. Ed.), or the Sibylline leaves in the Aeneid.

2. Runes as writing;the word was first applied to the original Northern alphabet, which at an early time was derived from the common Phœnician, probably through Greek or Roman coins in the first centuries of our era. From these Runes were subsequently formed two alphabets, the old Scandinavian (whence again the Anglo-Saxon), as found on the Golden horn and the stone in Tune, and the later Scandinavian, in which the inscriptions in the greater number of the Swedish and Danish stone monuments are written, most being of the 10th (9th?) and following centuries.—A curious instance of the employment of Runes is their being written on a kefli (a round piece of wood) as messages (cp. the Gr. σκυτάλη), as is freq. recorded in the Sagas, e. g. Gísl. 45, 67, Fms. ix. 390, 490, Grett. 154 new Ed., Fb. i. 251 (of the deaf and dumb Oddny). It is doubtful whether poems were ever written in this way, for almost the only authority for such a statement is Eg. 605, where we read that the Sonatorrek was taken down on a Runic stick, the other instances being mostly from romances or fabulous Sagas, Grett. 144, Örvar Odds S.(fine). This writing on a kefli is mentioned in the Latin line, Barbara ‘fraxineis’ sculpatur runa ‘tabellis,’ Capella (5th century). In later times (from the 13th century) Runic writing was practised as a sort of curiosity; thus calendars used to be written on sticks, of which there is a specimen in the Bodl. Library in Oxford; they were also used for inscriptions on tombstones, spoons, chairs, and the like: there even exists in the Arna-Magn. Library a Runic MS. of an old Danish law, and there is a Runic letter in Sturl. (of the year 1241); Runes carved on an oar occur in Fs. 177: a hidden treasure in a chest is labelled with Runes, Fms. vi. 271, Sd. 146, cp. also the interesting record in Bs. i. 435 (sex manna bein vóru þar hjá honum ok vax ok rúnar þær er sögðu atburð lifláts þeirra).

3. the word rún is also, though rarely, applied to the Latin alphabet; ef hann er á þingi þá skal hann rísta nafn hans ef hann kann rúnar, N. G. L. i. 171; or generally, ræki ek eigi hvárt þú rítr ø þitt eðr o,  eða a, ę eða e, y eða u, en ek svara svá, eigi er þat rúnanna kostr þó at þú lesir vel eða ráðir vel at líkindum, þar sem rúnar visa óskírt, heldr er þat þinn kostr, Thorodd 162; þessi er upphaf allra hátta svá sem málrúnar eru fyrir öðrum minum, Edda (Ht.) 121.

III. in pr. names, Rún-ólfr: as the latter part in pr. names of women, Guð-rún, Sig-rún, Öl-rún, Landn., Nj., Bs., Sturl., Sæm.

COMPDS: rúnakefli, rúnamál, Rúnameistari, rúnastafr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > RÚN
12 adeo

1.
ăd-ĕo, ĭī, and rarely īvi, ĭtum (arch. adirier for adiri, Enn. Rib. Trag. p. 59), 4, v. n. and a. (acc. to Paul. ex Fest. should be accented a/deo; v. Fest. s. v. adeo, p. 19 Müll.; cf. the foll. word), to go to or approach a person or thing (syn.: accedo, aggredior, advenio, appeto).
I.
Lit.
A.
In gen., constr.
(α).
With ad (very freq.): sed tibi cautim est adeundum ad virum, Att. ap. Non. 512, 10:
neque eum ad me adire neque me magni pendere visu'st,
Plaut. Cur. 2, 2, 12:
adeamne ad eam?
Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; id. Eun. 3, 5, 30: aut ad consules aut ad te aut ad Brutum adissent, Cic. Fragm. ap. Non. 208, 5:
ad M. Bibulum adierunt, id. Fragm. ap. Arus. p. 213 Lind.: ad aedis nostras nusquam adiit,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 24:
adibam ad istum fundum,
Cic. Caec. 29 —
(β).
With in: priusquam Romam atque in horum conventum adiretis, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 11, § 26 ed. Halm.—Esp.: adire in jus, to go to law:
cum ad praetorem in jus adissemus,
Cic. Verr. 4, § 147; id. Att. 11, 24; Caes. B. C. 1, 87, and in the Plebiscit. de Thermens. lin. 42: QVO DE EA RE IN IOVS ADITVM ERIT, cf. Dirks., Versuche S. p. 193.—
(γ).
Absol.:
adeunt, consistunt, copulantur dexteras,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 2, 38:
eccum video: adibo,
Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 5.—
(δ).
With acc.:
ne Stygeos adeam non libera manes,
Ov. M. 13, 465:
voces aetherias adiere domos,
Sil. 6, 253:
castrorum vias,
Tac. A. 2, 13:
municipia,
id. ib. 39:
provinciam,
Suet. Aug. 47:
non poterant adire eum,
Vulg. Luc. 8, 19:
Graios sales carmine patrio,
to attain to, Verg. Cat. 11, 62; so with latter supine:
planioribus aditu locis,
places easier to approach, Liv. 1, 33.—With local adv.:
quoquam,
Sall. J. 14:
huc,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 60.—
B.
Esp.,
1.
To approach one for the purpose of addressing, asking aid, consulting, and the like, to address, apply to, consult (diff. from aggredior, q. v.). —Constr. with ad or oftener with acc.; hence also pass.:
quanto satius est, adire blandis verbis atque exquaerere, sintne illa, etc.,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 35:
aliquot me adierunt,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 2:
adii te heri de filia,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 9: cum pacem peto, cum placo, cum adeo, et cum appello meam, Lucil. ap. Non. 237, 28:
ad me adire quosdam memini, qui dicerent,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10:
coram adire et alloqui,
Tac. H. 4, 65.— Pass.:
aditus consul idem illud responsum retulit,
when applied to, Liv. 37, 6 fin.:
neque praetores adiri possent,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5.—Hence: adire aliquem per epistulam, to address one in writing, by a letter:
per epistulam, aut per nuntium, quasi regem, adiri eum aiunt,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 9 and 10; cf. Tac. A. 4, 39; id. H. 1, 9.—So also: adire deos, aras, deorum sedes, etc., to approach the gods, their altars, etc., as a suppliant (cf.:
acced. ad aras,
Lucr. 5, 1199): quoi me ostendam? quod templum adeam? Att. ap. Non. 281, 6:
ut essent simulacra, quae venerantes deos ipsos se adire crederent,
Cic. N. D. 1, 27:
adii Dominum et deprecatus sum,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21:
aras,
Cic. Phil. 14, 1:
sedes deorum,
Tib. 1, 5, 39:
libros Sibyllinos,
to consult the Sibylline Books, Liv. 34, 55; cf. Tac. A. 1, 76:
oracula,
Verg. A. 7, 82.—
2.
To go to a thing in order to examine it, to visit:
oppida castellaque munita,
Sall. J. 94:
hiberna,
Tac. H. 1, 52.—
3.
To come up to one in a hostile manner, to assail, attack:
aliquem: nunc prior adito tu, ego in insidiis hic ero,
Ter. Ph. 1, 4, 52:
nec quisquam ex agmine tanto audet adire virum,
Verg. A. 5, 379:
Servilius obvia adire arma jubetur,
Sil. 9, 272.
II.
Fig.
A.
To go to the performance of any act, to enter upon, to undertake, set about, undergo, submit to (cf.: accedo, aggredior, and adorior).—With ad or the acc. (class.):
nunc eam rem vult, scio, mecum adire ad pactionem,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 25:
tum primum nos ad causas et privatas et publicas adire coepimus,
Cic. Brut. 90:
adii causas oratorum, id. Fragm. Scaur. ap. Arus. p. 213 Lind.: adire ad rem publicam,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 24, 70:
ad extremum periculum,
Caes. B. C. 2, 7.—With acc.:
periculum capitis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38:
laboribus susceptis periculisque aditis,
id. Off. 1, 19:
in adeundis periculis,
id. ib. 24; cf.:
adeundae inimicitiae, subeundae saepe pro re publica tempestates,
id. Sest. 66, 139: ut vitae periculum aditurus videretur, Auct. B. G. 8, 48: maximos labores et summa pericula. Nep. Timol. 5:
omnem fortunam,
Liv. 25, 10:
dedecus,
Tac. A. 1, 39:
servitutem voluntariam,
id. G. 24:
invidiam,
id. A. 4, 70:
gaudia,
Tib. 1, 5, 39.—Hence of an inheritance, t. t., to enter on:
cum ipse hereditatem patris non adisses,
Cic. Phil. 2, 16; so id. Arch. 5; Suet. Aug. 8 and Dig.;
hence also: adire nomen,
to assume the name bequeathed by will, Vell. 2, 60.—
B.
Adire manum alicui, prov., to deceive one, to make sport of (the origin of this phrase is unc.; Acidalius conjectures that it arose from some artifice practised in wrestling, Wagner ad Plaut. Aul. 2, 8, 8):
eo pacto avarae Veneri pulcre adii manum,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 11; so id. Aul. 2, 8, 8; id. Cas. 5, 2, 54; id. Pers. 5, 2, 18.
2.
ăd-ĕō̆, adv. [cf. quoad and adhuc] (acc. to Festus, it should be accented adéo, v. the preced. word; but this distinction is merely a later invention of the grammarians; [p. 33] cf. Gell. 7, 7).
I.
In the ante-class. per.,
A.
To designate the limit of space or time, with reference to the distance passed through; hence often accompanied by usque (cf. ad), to this, thus far, so far, as far.
1.
Of space:
surculum artito usque adeo, quo praeacueris,
fit in the scion as far as you have sharpened it, Cato, R. R. 40, 3.— Hence: res adeo rediit, the affair has gone so far (viz., in deterioration, “cum aliquid pejus exspectatione contigit,” Don. ad Ter. Ph. 1, 2, 5):
postremo adeo res rediit: adulescentulus saepe eadem et graviter audiendo victus est,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 61; cf. id. Ph. 1, 2, 5.—
2.
Of time, so long ( as), so long ( till), strengthened by usque, and with dum, donec, following, and in Cic. with quoad:
merces vectatum undique adeo dum, quae tum haberet, peperisset bona,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 76; 3, 4, 72; id. Am. 1, 2, 10 al.:
nusquam destitit instare, suadere, orare, usque adeo donec perpulit,
Ter. And. 4, 1, 36; Cato, R. R. 67; id. ib. 76:
atque hoc scitis omnes usque adeo hominem in periculo fuisse, quoad scitum sit Sestium vivere,
Cic. Sest. 38, 82.—
B.
For the purpose of equalizing two things in comparison, followed by ut: in the same degree or measure or proportion... in which; or so very, so much, so, to such a degree... as (only in comic poets), Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 38:
adeon hominem esse invenustum aut infelicem quemquam, ut ego sum?
Ter. And. 1, 5, 10.—Also followed by quasi, when the comparison relates to similarity:
gaudere adeo coepit, quasi qui cupiunt nuptias,
in the same manner as those rejoice who desire marriage, Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 12.—
C.
(Only in the comic poets) = ad haec, praeterea, moreover, besides, too: ibi tibi adeo lectus dabitur, ubi tu haud somnum capias ( beside the other annoyances), a bed, too, shall be given you there, etc., Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 80.—Hence also with etiam:
adeo etiam argenti faenus creditum audio,
besides too, id. Most. 3, 1, 101.—
D.
(Only in the comic poets.) Adeo ut, for this purpose that, to the end that:
id ego continuo huic dabo, adeo me ut hic emittat manu,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 32:
id adeo te oratum advenio, ut, etc.,
id. Aul. 4, 10, 9:
adeo ut tu meam sententiam jam jam poscere possis, faciam, etc.,
id. ib. 3, 2, 26 (where Wagner now reads at ut):
atque adeo ut scire possis, factum ego tecum hoc divido,
id. Stich. 5, 4, 15. (These passages are so interpreted by Hand, I. p. 138; others regard adeo here = quin immo.)—
E.
In narration, in order to put one person in strong contrast with another. It may be denoted by a stronger emphasis upon the word to be made conspicuous, or by yet, on the contrary, etc.:
jam ille illuc ad erum cum advenerit, narrabit, etc.: ille adeo illum mentiri sibi credet,
Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 4 sq.; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 8 al.
II.
To the Latin of every period belongs the use of this word,
A.
To give emphasis to an idea in comparison, so, so much, so very, with verbs, adjectives, and substantives:
adeo ut spectare postea omnīs oderit,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 65:
neminem quidem adeo infatuare potuit, ut ei nummum ullum crederet,
Cic. Fl. 20, 47:
adeoque inopia est coactus Hannibal, ut, etc.,
Liv. 22, 32, 3 Weiss.:
et voltu adeo modesto, adeo venusto, ut nil supra,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 92:
nemo adeo ferus est, ut, etc.,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 39.—With usque:
adeo ego illum cogam usque, ut mendicet meus pater,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 10:
usque adeo turbatur,
even so much, so continually, Verg. E. 1, 12; Curt. 10, 1, 42; Luc. 1, 366.—In questions:
adeone me fuisse fungum, ut qui illi crederem?
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49:
adeone hospes hujus urbis, adeone ignarus es disciplinae consuetudinisque nostrae, ut haec nescias?
Cic. Rab. 10, 28; so id. Phil. 2, 7, 15; id. Fam. 9, 10; Liv. 2, 7, 10; 5, 6, 4.—With a negative in both clauses, also with quin in the last:
non tamen adeo virtutum sterile saeculum, ut non et bona exempla prodiderit,
Tac. H. 1, 3; so Suet. Oth. 9:
verum ego numquam adeo astutus fui, quin, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 13.—
Sometimes the concluding clause is to be supplied from the first: quis genus Aeneadum, quis Trojae nesciat urbem?... non obtusa adeo gestamus pectora Poeni, viz.,
that we know not the Trojans and their history, Verg. A. 1, 565:
adeo senuerunt Juppiter et Mars?
Juv. 6, 59.—Hence (post-Cic.): adeo non ut... adeo nihil ut... so little that, so far from that... (in reference to which, it should be noticed that in Latin the negative is blended with the verb in one idea, which is qualified by adeo) = tantum abest ut: haec dicta adeo nihil moverunt quemquam, ut legati prope violati sint, these words left them all so unmoved that, etc., or had so little effect, etc., Liv. 3, 2, 7: qui adeo non tenuit iram, ut gladio cinctum in senatum venturum se esse palam diceret, who restrained his anger so little that, etc. (for, qui non—tenuit iram adeo, ut), id. 8, 7, 5; so 5, 45, 4; Vell. 2, 66, 4: Curt. 3, 12, 22.—Also with contra in the concluding clause:
apud hostes Afri et Carthaginienses adeo non sustinebant, ut contra etiam pedem referrent,
Liv. 30, 34, 5. —
B.
Adeo is placed enclitically after its word, like quidem, certe, and the Gr. ge, even, indeed, just, precisely. So,
1.
Most freq. with pronouns, in order to render prominent something before said, or foll., or otherwise known (cf. in Gr. egôge, suge, autos ge, etc., Viger. ed. Herm. 489, vi. and Zeun.): argentariis male credi qui aiunt, nugas praedicant: nam et bene et male credi dico; id adeo hodie ego expertus sum, just this (touto ge), Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 1; so id. Aul. 2, 4, 10; 4, 2, 15; id. Am. 1, 1, 98; 1, 2, 6; id. Ep. 1, 1, 51; 2, 2, 31; 5, 2, 40; id. Poen. 1, 2, 57: plerique homines, quos, cum nihil refert, pudet;
ubi pudendum'st ibi eos deserit pudor, is adeo tu es,
you are just such a one, id. Ep. 2, 1, 2:
cui tu obsecutus, facis huic adeo injuriam,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 68: tute adeo jam ejus verba audies, you yourself shall hear what he has to say (suge akousêi), Ter. And. 3, 3, 27: Dolabella tuo nihil scito mihi esse jucundius: hanc adeo habebo gratiam illi, i. e. hanc, quae maxima est, gratiam (tautên ge tên charin), Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 16:
haec adeo ex illo mihi jam speranda fuerunt,
even this, Verg. A. 11, 275.—It is often to be translated by the intensive and, and just, etc. (so esp. in Cic. and the histt.): id adeo, si placet, considerate, just that (touto ge skopeite), Cic. Caec. 30, 87:
id adeo ex ipso senatus consulto cognoscite,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, 143; cf. id. Clu. 30, 80:
ad hoc quicumque aliarum atque senatus partium erant, conturbari remp., quam minus valere ipsi malebant. Id adeo malum multos post annos in civitatem reverterat,
And just this evil, Sall. C. 37, 11; so 37, 2; id. J. 68, 3; Liv. 2, 29, 9; 4, 2, 2: id adeo manifestum erit, si cognoverimus, etc., and this, precisely this, will be evident, if, etc., Quint. 2, 16, 18 Spald.—It is rarely used with ille:
ille adeo illum mentiri sibi credet,
Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 6.—Sometimes with the rel. pron.: quas adeo haud quisquam liber umquam tetigit, Plaut: Poen. 1, 2, 57; Cic. Fin. 2, 12, 37. —With interrog. pron.:
Quis adeo tam Latinae linguae ignarus est, quin, etc.,
Gell. 7, 17.—Adeo is joined with the pers. pron. when the discourse passes from one person to another, and attention is to be particularly directed to the latter: Juppiter, tuque adeo summe Sol, qui res omnes inspicis, and thou especially, and chiefly thou, Enn. ap. Prob.:
teque adeo decus hoc aevi inibit,
Verg. E. 4, 11; id. G. 1, 24: teque, Neptune, invoco, vosque adeo venti, Poët. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 34, 73;
and without the copulative: vos adeo... item ego vos virgis circumvinciam,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 25.— Ego adeo often stands for ego quidem, equidem (egôge):
tum libertatem Chrysalo largibere: ego adeo numquam accipiam,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 30; so id. Mil. 4, 4, 55; id. Truc. 4, 3, 73:
ego adeo hanc primus inveni viam,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 16:
nec me adeo fallit,
Verg. A. 4, 96.—Ipse adeo (autos ge), for the sake of emphasis:
atque hercle ipsum adeo contuor,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 24:
ipsum adeo praesto video cum Davo,
Ter. And. 2, 5, 4:
ipse adeo senis ductor Rhoeteus ibat pulsibus,
Sil. 14, 487.—
2.
With the conditional conjj. si, nisi, etc. (Gr. ei ge), if indeed, if truly:
nihili est autem suum qui officium facere immemor est, nisi adeo monitus,
unless, indeed, he is reminded of it, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 2: Si. Num illi molestae quippiam hae sunt nuptiae? Da. Nihil Hercle: aut si adeo, bidui est aut tridui haec sollicitudo, and if, indeed, etc. (not if also, for also is implied in aut), Ter. And. 2, 6, 7.—
3.
With adverbs: nunc adeo (nun ge), Plaut. As. 3, 1, 29; id. Mil. 2, 2, 4; id. Merc. 2, 2, 57; id. Men. 1, 2, 11; id. Ps. 1, 2, 52; id. Rud. 3, 4, 23; Ter. And. 4, 5, 26; Verg. A. 9, 156: jam adeo (dê ge), id. ib. 5, 268; Sil. 1, 20; 12, 534; Val. Fl. 3, 70. umquam adeo, Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 23:
inde adeo,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 1:
hinc adeo,
Verg. E. 9, 59: sic adeo (houtôs ge), id. A. 4, 533; Sil. 12, 646:
vix adeo,
Verg. A. 6, 498:
non adeo,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 57; Verg. A. 11, 436. —
4.
With adjectives = vel, indeed, even, very, fully:
quot adeo cenae, quas deflevi, mortuae!
how very many suppers, Plaut. Stich. 1, 3, 59: quotque adeo fuerint, qui temnere superbum... Lucil. ap. Non. 180, 2: nullumne malorum finem adeo poenaeque dabis (adeo separated from nullum by poet. license)? wilt thou make no end at all to calamity and punishment? Val. Fl. 4, 63:
trīs adeo incertos caeca caligine soles erramus,
three whole days we wander about, Verg. A. 3, 203; 7, 629.—And with comp. or the adv. magis, multo, etc.:
quae futura et quae facta, eloquar: multo adeo melius quam illi, cum sim Juppiter,
very much better, Plaut. Am. 5, 2, 3; so id. Truc. 2, 1, 5:
magis adeo id facilitate quam aliā ullā culpā meā, contigit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15.—
5.
With the conjj. sive, aut, vel, in order to annex a more important thought, or to make a correction, or indeed, or rather, or even only:
sive qui ipsi ambīssent, seu per internuntium, sive adeo aediles perfidiose quoi duint,
Plaut. Am. prol. 71:
si hercle scivissem, sive adeo joculo dixisset mihi, se illam amare,
id. Merc. 5, 4, 33; so id. Truc. 4, 3, 1; id. Men. 5, 2, 74; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 9: nam si te tegeret pudor, sive adeo cor sapientia imbutum foret, Pacuv. ap. Non. 521, 10:
mihi adeunda est ratio, quā ad Apronii quaestum, sive adeo, quā ad istius ingentem immanemque praedam possim pervenire,
or rather, Cic. Verr 2, 3, 46, 110; Verg. A. 11, 369; so, atque adeo:
ego princeps in adjutoribus atque adeo secundus,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 9.—
6.
With the imperative, for emphasis, like tandem, modo, dum, the Germ. so, and the Gr. ge (cf. L. and S.), now, I pray:
propera adeo puerum tollere hinc ab janua,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 20 (cf. xullabete g auton, Soph. Phil. 1003).—
C.
Like admodum or nimis, to give emphasis to an idea (for the most part only in comic poets, and never except with the positive of the adj.; cf. Consent. 2023 P.), indeed, truly, so very, so entirely:
nam me ejus spero fratrem propemodum jam repperisse adulescentem adeo nobilem,
so very noble, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 123:
nec sum adeo informis,
nor am I so very ugly, Verg. E. 2, 25:
nam Caii Luciique casu non adeo fractus,
Suet. Aug. 65:
et merito adeo,
and with perfect right, Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 42:
etiam num credis te ignorarier aut tua facta adeo,
do you, then, think that they are ignorant of you or your conduct entirely? id. Ph. 5, 8, 38.—
D.
To denote what exceeds expectation, even: quam omnium Thebis vir unam esse optimam dijudicat, quamque adeo cives Thebani rumificant probam, and whom even the Thebans (who are always ready to speak evil of others) declare to be an honest woman, Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 44.— Hence also it denotes something added to the rest of the sentence, besides, too, over and above, usually in the connection: -que adeo (rare, and never in prose; cf.
adhuc, I.): quin te Di omnes perdant qui me hodie oculis vidisti tuis, meque adeo scelestum,
and me too, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 122; cf. id. 4, 2, 32:
haec adeo tibi me, ipsa palam fari omnipotens Saturnia jussit,
Verg. A. 7, 427.
III.
After Caesar and Cicero (the only instance of this use adduced from Cicero's works, Off. 1, 11, 36, being found in a passage rejected by the best critics, as B. and K.).
A.
For adding an important and satisfactory reason to an assertion, and then it always stands at the beginning of the clause, indeed, for:
cum Hanno perorāsset, nemini omnium cum eo certare necesse fuit: adeo prope omnis senatus Hannibalis erat: the idea is,
Hanno's speech, though so powerful, was ineffectual, and did not need a reply; for all the senators belonged to the party of Hannibal, Liv. 21, 11, 1; so id. 2, 27, 3; 2, 28, 2; 8, 37, 2; Tac. Ann. 1, 50, 81; Juv. 3, 274; 14, 233.—Also for introducing a parenthesis: sed ne illi quidem ipsi satis mitem gentem fore (adeo ferocia atque indomita [p. 34] ingenia esse) ni subinde auro... principum animi concilientur, Liv. 21, 20, 8; so id. 9, 26, 17; 3, 4, 2; Tac. A. 2, 28.—
B.
When to a specific fact a general consideration is added as a reason for it, so, thus (in Livy very often):
haud dubius, facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore: adeo non fortuna modo, sed ratio etiam cum barbaris stabat,
thus not only fortune, but sagacity, was on the side of the barbarians, Liv. 5, 38, 4:
adeo ex parvis saepe magnarum momenta rerum pendent,
id. 27, 9, 1; so id. 4, 31, 5; 21, 33, 6; 28, 19; Quint. 1, 12, 7; Curt. 10, 2, 11; Tac. Agr. 1:
adeo in teneris consuescere multum est,
Verg. G. 2, 272.—
C.
In advancing from one thought to another more important = immo, rather, indeed, nay: nulla umquam res publica ubi tantus paupertati ac parsimoniae honos fuerit: adeo, quanto rerum minus, tanto minus cupiditatis erat, Liv. praef. 11; so Gell. 11, 7; Symm. Ep. 1, 30, 37.—
D.
With a negative after ne—quidem or quoque, so much the more or less, much less than, still less (post-Aug.):
hujus totius temporis fortunam ne deflere quidem satis quisquam digne potuit: adeo nemo exprimere verbis potest,
still less can one describe: it by words, Vell. 2, 67, 1:
ne tecta quidem urbis, adeo publicum consilium numquam adiit,
still less, Tac. A. 6, 15; so id. H. 3, 64; Curt. 7, 5, 35:
favore militum anxius et superbia viri aequalium quoque, adeo superiorum intolerantis,
who could not endure his equals even, much less his superiors, Tac. H. 4, 80.—So in gen., after any negative: quaelibet enim ex iis artibus in paucos libros contrahi solet: adeo infinito spatio ac traditione opus non est, so much the less is there need, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 16; Plin. 17, 12, 35, § 179; Tac. H. 3, 39.—(The assumption of a causal signif. of adeo = ideo, propterea, rests upon false readings. For in Cael. Cic. Fam. 8, 15 we should read ideo, B. and K., and in Liv. 24, 32, 6, ad ea, Weiss.).—See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 135-155.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adeo
13 S

S, s, indecl. n. or (agreeing with littera) f.
I.
The eighteenth letter of the Latin alphabet, corresponding in form to the old Greek S for S (Etruscan in a reversed form,);
in its nature a sibilant semi-vowel, whose peculiarities were much discussed by the ancients, and are even treated of in a special work by Messala, a contemporary of Augustus (Messala in libro de S littera,
Quint. 1, 7, 23; cf. Mart. Cap. 3, § 245).—
II.
As an initial and medial it has a hard and sharp sound (which is softened, however, between two vowels), and is therefore joined only with the tenues (c, p, t; cf., on the contrary, the Gr. sbennumi);
and, as a medial, often written double after long vowels: caussa, cassus, divissiones (these forms, used by Cicero and Vergil, were already uncommon in Quintilian's time,
Quint. 1, 7, 20; v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 283 sq.).—
III.
As a final it had a weakened sound, and therefore not only admitted the medial b before it (plebs, urbs, abs; Arabs, chalybs, etc.; v. the letter B), but often entirely disappeared. So in the ante-class. poets down to the early years of Cicero (and also in his own poem, entitled Aratus, written in his youth), before words beginning with a consonant, to avoid position: Ratu' Romulus, Fulviu' Nobilior, gravi' Terra, est sati' bella, Hyperioni' cursum, Virgine' nam sibi, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 48, 161; Quint. 9, 4, 38; and v. Freund, in Jahn's Neue Jahrb. 1835, XIII. p. 25 sq.; less freq. before words beginning with a vowel, in which case, to avoid a hiatus, the vowel before s was also elided; vas' argenteis (for vasis argenteis) and palm' et crinibus (for palmis et crinibus); v. Cic. Or. 45, 153. So, too, in the fourth Epitaph of the Scipios (Inscr. Orell. 553), L. CORNELIO L. F. instead of CORNELIOS (cf. a similar elision of the M under that letter). Final s is also elided, and the preceding vowel either dropped with it or weakened, in the forms sat from satis, mage from magis; in the neutr. forms of adjectives of the third declension, acre, agreste, facile (v. the letter E); in the collat. forms of the sec. pers. sing. pass., fatere, fateare, fatebare, etc.; in the gen. sing. of the first, second, and fifth declensions, and in the nom. plur. of the first and second declensions (aurai for aura-is, analog. to reg is, etc.). Lastly, s disappears in the (mostly familiar) collat. forms abin', scin', viden', satin', from abisne, scisne, videsne, satisne, etc.—
IV.
As an etymological initial aspirate, s appears in many words whose Greek equivalents begin with a vowel: sal, semi-, serpo, sex, super, sus, corresp. to hals, hêmi-, herpô, hex, huper, us, etc.; si (archaic sei), sero, Segesta, corresp. to ei, ERÔ (whence eirô), Egesta. Less freq. in radical words beginning with a consonant: sculpo corresp. to gluphô, and the derivatives scruta, from grutê, and scrupedae, from kroupeza. To soften the termination, s appears in abs = ab, and ex corresp. to ek.—Very freq., on the contrary, an initial s appears in cognate forms in other languages, where corresp. Latin words have lost the s: Lat. fallo, Gr. sphallô; fungus, Gr. sphongos; fides, Gr. sphidê (comp. also nix with Engl. [p. 1609] snow, nurus with old Germ. snur, daughterin-law); cf. also cutis and scutum; cauda and root sku-, in Goth. skauts, etc.; casa and Gr. skia, skênê; cerno and Gr. krinô for skirnô, skôr, skôria; calumnia and skallô; gradior and root scra-, Germ. schreiten; parco and sparnos; penuria and spanis; pando and spaô; tego and stegô; tono and stonos; taurus and Sanscr. sthūras, Germ. Stier al.; v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, p. 277 sqq.—In the middle of a word s is dropped in at from ast.—
V.
S is interchanged,
A.
Most freq. with r; in partic., an original s, between two vowels, becomes r; v. Varr. L. L. 7, § 26 Müll.; so foederum for foedesum, plurima for plusima, meliorem for meliosem, Lares for Lases, etc.; cf. eram and sum, quaero and quaeso, nasus and naris. Appius Claudius, the censor, is said to have introduced r into the names Furius, Valerius, etc., in place of s, B.C. 312 (v. the letter R, II.).—
B.
With d: Claudius, from the Sabine Clausus; and, on the other hand, rosa, corresp. to the Gr. rhodon; cf. Schneid. Gram. 1, p. 259.—
C.
With t: tensus and tentus, resina corresp. to rhêtinê; and, on the contrary, aggrettus for aggressus; mertare, pultare, for mersare, pulsare (perh. also assentor for assensor).—
D.
With x; v. that letter.—
VI.
S is assimilated before f in the compounds of dis: differo, difficilis, diffluo, etc.; v. 3. dis.— On the other hand, it arises by assimilation from d, in assum, assumo, cessi, for adsum, adsumo, ced-si; from t in fassus, from fateor; from b in jussi, from jubeo; from m in pressi, from premo; from r in gessi, from gero; and dossuarius, from dorsum. —
VII.
As an abbreviation, S denotes sacrum, semis, sibi, suis, etc.; S. AS. D., sub asciā dedicavit; S. C., senatusconsultum; perh. also, sententia collegii (Inscr. Orell. 2385); S. P., sua pecunia; S. P. Q. R., Senatus Populusque Romanus, etc.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > S
14 s

S, s, indecl. n. or (agreeing with littera) f.
I.
The eighteenth letter of the Latin alphabet, corresponding in form to the old Greek S for S (Etruscan in a reversed form,);
in its nature a sibilant semi-vowel, whose peculiarities were much discussed by the ancients, and are even treated of in a special work by Messala, a contemporary of Augustus (Messala in libro de S littera,
Quint. 1, 7, 23; cf. Mart. Cap. 3, § 245).—
II.
As an initial and medial it has a hard and sharp sound (which is softened, however, between two vowels), and is therefore joined only with the tenues (c, p, t; cf., on the contrary, the Gr. sbennumi);
and, as a medial, often written double after long vowels: caussa, cassus, divissiones (these forms, used by Cicero and Vergil, were already uncommon in Quintilian's time,
Quint. 1, 7, 20; v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 283 sq.).—
III.
As a final it had a weakened sound, and therefore not only admitted the medial b before it (plebs, urbs, abs; Arabs, chalybs, etc.; v. the letter B), but often entirely disappeared. So in the ante-class. poets down to the early years of Cicero (and also in his own poem, entitled Aratus, written in his youth), before words beginning with a consonant, to avoid position: Ratu' Romulus, Fulviu' Nobilior, gravi' Terra, est sati' bella, Hyperioni' cursum, Virgine' nam sibi, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 48, 161; Quint. 9, 4, 38; and v. Freund, in Jahn's Neue Jahrb. 1835, XIII. p. 25 sq.; less freq. before words beginning with a vowel, in which case, to avoid a hiatus, the vowel before s was also elided; vas' argenteis (for vasis argenteis) and palm' et crinibus (for palmis et crinibus); v. Cic. Or. 45, 153. So, too, in the fourth Epitaph of the Scipios (Inscr. Orell. 553), L. CORNELIO L. F. instead of CORNELIOS (cf. a similar elision of the M under that letter). Final s is also elided, and the preceding vowel either dropped with it or weakened, in the forms sat from satis, mage from magis; in the neutr. forms of adjectives of the third declension, acre, agreste, facile (v. the letter E); in the collat. forms of the sec. pers. sing. pass., fatere, fateare, fatebare, etc.; in the gen. sing. of the first, second, and fifth declensions, and in the nom. plur. of the first and second declensions (aurai for aura-is, analog. to reg is, etc.). Lastly, s disappears in the (mostly familiar) collat. forms abin', scin', viden', satin', from abisne, scisne, videsne, satisne, etc.—
IV.
As an etymological initial aspirate, s appears in many words whose Greek equivalents begin with a vowel: sal, semi-, serpo, sex, super, sus, corresp. to hals, hêmi-, herpô, hex, huper, us, etc.; si (archaic sei), sero, Segesta, corresp. to ei, ERÔ (whence eirô), Egesta. Less freq. in radical words beginning with a consonant: sculpo corresp. to gluphô, and the derivatives scruta, from grutê, and scrupedae, from kroupeza. To soften the termination, s appears in abs = ab, and ex corresp. to ek.—Very freq., on the contrary, an initial s appears in cognate forms in other languages, where corresp. Latin words have lost the s: Lat. fallo, Gr. sphallô; fungus, Gr. sphongos; fides, Gr. sphidê (comp. also nix with Engl. [p. 1609] snow, nurus with old Germ. snur, daughterin-law); cf. also cutis and scutum; cauda and root sku-, in Goth. skauts, etc.; casa and Gr. skia, skênê; cerno and Gr. krinô for skirnô, skôr, skôria; calumnia and skallô; gradior and root scra-, Germ. schreiten; parco and sparnos; penuria and spanis; pando and spaô; tego and stegô; tono and stonos; taurus and Sanscr. sthūras, Germ. Stier al.; v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, p. 277 sqq.—In the middle of a word s is dropped in at from ast.—
V.
S is interchanged,
A.
Most freq. with r; in partic., an original s, between two vowels, becomes r; v. Varr. L. L. 7, § 26 Müll.; so foederum for foedesum, plurima for plusima, meliorem for meliosem, Lares for Lases, etc.; cf. eram and sum, quaero and quaeso, nasus and naris. Appius Claudius, the censor, is said to have introduced r into the names Furius, Valerius, etc., in place of s, B.C. 312 (v. the letter R, II.).—
B.
With d: Claudius, from the Sabine Clausus; and, on the other hand, rosa, corresp. to the Gr. rhodon; cf. Schneid. Gram. 1, p. 259.—
C.
With t: tensus and tentus, resina corresp. to rhêtinê; and, on the contrary, aggrettus for aggressus; mertare, pultare, for mersare, pulsare (perh. also assentor for assensor).—
D.
With x; v. that letter.—
VI.
S is assimilated before f in the compounds of dis: differo, difficilis, diffluo, etc.; v. 3. dis.— On the other hand, it arises by assimilation from d, in assum, assumo, cessi, for adsum, adsumo, ced-si; from t in fassus, from fateor; from b in jussi, from jubeo; from m in pressi, from premo; from r in gessi, from gero; and dossuarius, from dorsum. —
VII.
As an abbreviation, S denotes sacrum, semis, sibi, suis, etc.; S. AS. D., sub asciā dedicavit; S. C., senatusconsultum; perh. also, sententia collegii (Inscr. Orell. 2385); S. P., sua pecunia; S. P. Q. R., Senatus Populusque Romanus, etc.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > s
15 addico

ad-dīco, xi, ctum, 3, v. a. ( imp. addice, for addic, Plaut. Poen. 2, 50;
addixti,
Mart. 12, 16), orig., to give one's assent to a thing (“addicere est proprie idem dicere et approbare dicendo,” Fest. p. 13 Müll.), in its lit. signif. belonging only to augural and judicial language (opp. abdĭco).
I.
Of a favorable omen, to be propitious to, to favor, usually with aves as subj., and without obj.:
cum sacellorum exaugurationes admitterent aves, in Termini fano non addixere,
Liv. 1, 55, 3; so,
Fabio auspicanti aves semel atque iterum non addixerunt,
id. 27, 16, 15; also with auspicium as subj.:
addicentibus auspiciis vocat contionem,
Tac. A. 2, 14; cf. Drak. Liv. 1, 36, 3; 27, 16, 15.—And with acc. of obj.:
illum quem aves addixerant,
Fest. p. 241 Müll.—In judicial lang.: alicui aliquid or aliquem, to award or adjudge any thing to one, to sentence; hence Festus, with reference to the adjudged or condemned person, says:
“alias addicere damnare est,” p. 13 Müll.: ubi in jus venerit, addicet praetor familiam totam tibi,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 57:
bona alicui,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 52:
addictus erat tibi?
had he been declared bound to you for payment? id. Rosc. Com. 14, 41; hence ironic.: Fufidium... creditorem debitoribus suis addixisti, you have adjudged the creditor to his debtors (instead of the reverse), id. Pis. 35:
liberum corpus in servitutem,
Liv. 3, 56.—Hence subst., addictus, i, m., one who has been given up or made over as servant to his creditor:
ducite nos quo jubet, tamquam quidem addictos,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 87:
addictus Hermippo et ab hoc ductus est,
Cic. Fl. 20 extr.; cf. Liv. 6, 15, 20. (The addictus, bondman, was not properly a slave = servus, for he retained his nomen, cognomen, his tribus, which the servus did not have; he could become free again by cancelling the demand, even against the will of his dominus; the servus could not; the addictus, when set free, was also again ingenuus, the servus only libertinus; v. Quint. 7, 3, 27. The inhuman law of the Twelve Tables, which, however, was never put in execution, that one indebted to several creditors should be cut in pieces and divided among them, is mentioned by Gell. 20, 1: Niebuhr, Rom. Gesch. 1, 638;
Smith's Antiq.): addicere alicui judicium,
to grant one leave to bring an action, Varr. L. L. 6, § 61 Müll.: addicere litem, sc. judici, to deliver a cause to the judge. This was the office of the praetor. Such is the purport of the law of XII. Tab. Tab. I.: POST MERIDIEM PRAESENTI STLITEM ADDICITO, ap. Gell. 17, 2:
judicem or arbitrum (instead of dare judicium),
to appoint for one a judge in his suit, Dig. 5, 1, 39, 46 and 80: addicere aliquid in diem, to adjudge a thing to one ad interim, so that, upon a change of circumstances, the matter in question shall be restored in integrum, Dig. 18, 2; 6, 1, 41; 39, 3, 9.—
B.
In auctions, to adjudge to the highest bidder, knock down, strike off, deliver to (with the price in abl.): ecquis est ex tanto populo, qui bona C. Rabirii Postumi [p. 31] nummo sestertio sibi addici velit, Cic. Rab. Post. 17; so id. Verr. 2, 1, 55; Suet. Caes. 50.—Addicere bona alicujus in publicum, i. e. to confiscate, Caes. B. C. 2, 18;
hence in Plaut., of a parasite, who strikes himself off, as it were, i. e. promises himself to one as guest, on condition that he does not in the mean time have a higher bid, i. e. is not attracted to another by a better table,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 76 sq. —
C.
In gen., to sell, to make over to:
addice tuam mihi meretricem,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 50:
hominem invenire neminem potuit, cui meas aedes addiceret, traderet, donaret, Auct. Or. pro Dom. 41. Antonius regna addixit pecunia,
Cic. Phil. 7, 5, 15; so Hor. S. 2, 5, 109.—In a metaph. signif.,
D.
To deliver, yield, or resign a thing to one, either in a good or a bad sense.
a.
In a good sense, to devote, to consecrate to:
senatus, cui me semper addixi,
Cic. Planc. 39, 93:
agros omnes addixit deae,
Vell. 2, 25;
hence, morti addicere,
to devote to death, Cic. Off. 3, 10, 45:
nolite... omnem Galliam prosternere et perpetuae servituti addicere,
to devote to perpetual slavery, Caes. B. G. 7, 77.—
b.
In a bad sense, to give up, to sacrifice, to abandon (very freq.);
ejus ipsius domum evertisti, cujus sanguinem addixeras,
Cic. Pis. 34, 83:
libidini cujusque nos addixit,
id. Phil. 5, 12, 33; so id. Mil. 32; id. Sest. 17; id. Quint. 30; hence poet.:
quid faciat? crudele, suos addicere amores,
to sacrifice, to surrender his love, Ov. M. 1, 617 (where some read wrongly abdicere).—
E.
In later Latin, to attribute or ascribe a work to one:
quae (comoediae) nomini eius (Plauti) addicuntur,
Gell. 3, 3, 13.—Hence, addic-tus, P. a. (after II. D.), dedicated or devoted to a thing; hence,
a.
Destined to:
gladiatorio generi mortis addictus,
Cic. Phil. 11, 7, 16; cf. Hor. Epod. 17, 11.—
b.
Given up to, bound to:
qui certis quibusdam destinatisque sententiis quasi addicti et consecrati sunt,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 2, 5:
nullius addictus jurare in verba magistri,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 14:
Prasinae factioni addictus et deditus,
Suet. Cal. 55.— Comp., sup., and adv. not used.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > addico
16 DÍAR

m. pl. gods or priests.

* * *

m. pl. [the Icel. has two words, but both of them poetical and obsolete, viz. díar answering, by the law of Interchange, to Gr. θεός (Icel. d = Gr. θ), and tívar, by the same law, to Lat. deus (Icel. t = Lat. d); cp. Sansk. devas, Gr. θειος, Lat. dîvus, Ital. dio, Fr. dieu]:— gods or priests; this word occurs only twice, Yngl. S. ch. 2—þat var þar siðr, at tólf hofgoðar vóru æðstir, skyldu þeir ráða fyrir blótum ok dómum manna í milli; þat eru díar kallaðir eðr drottnar,—where diar means not the gods themselves but the priests; and by the old poet Kormak in an obscure periphrasis, in a poem addressed to the staunch heathen earl Sigurd; Snorri (Edda 96), in quoting Kormak, takes the word to mean gods; but the version given in Yngl. S. seems more likely; the díar of the Yngl. S. were probably analogous to the Icel. goði, from goð ( deus). The age of Kormak shews that the word was probably not borrowed from the Latin.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > DÍAR
17 cátedra

f.

cathedra, chair, professorship.

* * *

cátedra

► nombre femenino

1 (cargo de universidad) professorship; (de instituto) post of head of department

2 (departamento) department

■ la cátedra de latín the Latin department

3 (aula) lecture room

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

ex cátedra ex cathedra

sentar cátedra figurado to give a lesson

cátedra de San Pedro Holy See

* * *

noun f.

chair

* * *

1. SF

1) [en universidad] chair, professorship

ostentar una cátedra — to hold a chair (de in)

hablar ex cátedra — (Rel) to speak ex cathedra; (fig) to speak with authority

hacer oposiciones u opositar para una cátedra — to compete for a chair etc by public competitive examination

sentar cátedra sobre algo — to pontificate about sth

2) [en enseñanza secundaria] post of head of department

3) (=aula) seminar room

4) Caribe * wonder, marvel

es cátedra, está la cátedra — it's marvellous

2.

ADJ Caribe wonderful, marvellous, excellent

* * *

femenino ( en universidad) professorship, chair; ( en colegio) post of head of department

dictar or (AmL) dar cátedra — to lecture

sentar cátedra — to pontificate, sound off (colloq)

* * *

= full professorship.

Ex. It was customary to retain a full professorship until death, regardless of one's ability to carry out the various associated duties.

* * *

femenino ( en universidad) professorship, chair; ( en colegio) post of head of department

dictar or (AmL) dar cátedra — to lecture

sentar cátedra — to pontificate, sound off (colloq)

* * *

= full professorship.

Ex: It was customary to retain a full professorship until death, regardless of one's ability to carry out the various associated duties.

* * *

cátedra

feminine

(en la universidad) professorship, chair; (en un colegio) post of head of department

tiene ocho horas de cátedra she has eight teaching hours o hours of teaching

dictar or ( AmL) dar cátedra to lecture

estar la cátedra ( Ven fam): la comida está la cátedra the food is fantastic ( colloq)

te está quedando la cátedra ese dibujo your drawing's looking great ( colloq)

sentar cátedra to pontificate, sound off ( colloq)

* * *

cátedra sustantivo femenino ( en universidad) professorship, chair;
( en colegio) post of head of department
cátedra sustantivo femenino Univ chair
(instituto de bachillerato) head of department
' cátedra' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
ayudante
English:
chair

* * *

cátedra nf

1. [en universidad] chair;

ocupa la cátedra de Historia antigua she holds the chair of Ancient History;

Comp

sentar cátedra to lay down the law

2. [en instituto] post of head of department

3. [departamento] department

* * *

cátedra

f EDU chair;

sentar o

poner cátedra pontificate, sound off

* * *

cátedra nf

1) : chair, professorship

2) : subject, class

3)

libertad de cátedra : academic freedom

Spanish-English dictionary > cátedra
18 NEFNA

designate

* * *

I)

(-da, -dr), v.

1) to name (nefndu þinn föðr); nefna sik, to name one’s name; nefna e-n á nafn, to name by name; Oddr er maðr nefndr, there is a man mentioned, of the name of Odd;

2) to mention by name, point out (nefni ek til þess Björn ok Helga);

3) to name, appoint, order (nefndi konungr nökkura menn at ganga upp á eyna);

4) a law term, to call (n. menn í dóm); to summon, cite (allir aðrir, þeir sem þannig vóru nefndir); to levy (n. lið ór heruðum);

5) refl., nefnast, to give one’s name as, call oneself (hann nefndist Hrappr).

II)

f. naming, nomination (cf. dómnefna).

* * *

and nemna, d, [nafn; Goth. namnjan; Germ.; nennen], to name; kona Manue fæðir son ok nefnir Samson, Stj. 410; nefndú þinn föður! Hkv. Hjörv. 16; veit ek þann mann er þora man, … nefndú hann ! Nj. 89; á bréfi þessu vóru nefndir ( specially named) hinir stærstu höfðingjar, Fagrsk. 91; maðr er nefndr Mörðr, Nj. 2; nefna sik, to name one’s name, 6; Hallfreðr nefndi sik, Fms. ii. 86: n. e-n á nafn, to name by name; hann kallaði á menn mína ok nefndi á nafn, Nj. 211; nefna barn á nafn (in christening), N. G. L. i. 339: in a narrative, maðr er nefndr Mörðr, a man was named M., i. e. there was a man named Mord, Nj. 1; ‘maðr er nefndr N.’ is a standing phrase in the Sagas: Oddr er maðr nefndr, ok var Örlygsson, Gísl. 12; tveir menn eru nefndir, Þorkatlar tveir, 8; Bræðr þrír eru nefndir til sögunnar, hét einn … Nj. 22; sá maðr er nefndr til sögunnar er Geirr goði hét, now the story names a man who hight G., Nj, passim, cp. N. M. hét maðr.

2. to mention by name, to name, point out; vóru þessir staðir á nefndir, Bs. i. 731; hann nefndi til þess skipstjórnar-menn, Eg. 33; nefni ek til þess Björn ok Helga, Ld. 14; hann eggjaði mága sína ok nefndi til Hjarranda, Dropl. 24: instances influenced by the Latin, nefndr Eiríkr, the said E., Fms. xi. 412; opt nefndir menn, Dipl. v. 26; fyrr-nefndr, above-named.

II. to name, order, appoint; nemdi konungr nökkura menn at ganga upp á eyna, Fms. ii. 285; n. mann til skipstjórnar, Fb. i. 186: as a law term, to call, nefna vátta, n. mann í dóm, Nj. 14, Dropl. 13, Grág. i. 15, 72, passim; n. féránsdóm, Grág. i. 80; n. dóm á máli, Nj. passim: to summon, cite, allir aðrir þeir sem þannig vóru nefndir, Fms. ix. 279: to levy, n. lið ór héruðum, vii. 299; cp. nefnd, dómnefna.

III. reflex. to name oneself, give up one’s name; hann nefndisk Hrappr, Nj. 130; hanu spyrr hvat kvenna hón væri, hón nefndisk Hallgerðr, id.; hón nefndisk fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, Fms. i. 8; ok nefndisk Þýr, Rm. 10.

2. to be summoned, cited; ef sá maðr lætr í dóm nefnask, Grág. i. 16.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > NEFNA
19 Latijns

Latijns

1 Latin

♦voorbeelden:

1 het Latijnse burgerrecht • Roman Civil Law

de Latijnse taal • Latin, the Latin language

Van Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > Latijns
20 HÖFUNDR

(-ar, -ar), m.

1) author, originator;

2) judge (rare).

* * *

m., gen. ar; the masc. inflex. - undr reminds one of the Gothic (Gramm. p. xxxii. B. V); in old writers the word is found only four times, always in the sense of a judge, and referring chiefly to Gothland in Sweden; Höfundr (a mythol. pr. name) var manna vitrastr, ok svá réttdæmr, at hann hallaði aldri réttum dómi, … ok af hans nafni skyldi sá höfundr heita í hverju ríki er mál manna dæmdi, Fas. (Hervar. S.) i. 523, cp. 513: as also in Hrólfs S. Kraka (referring to Gothland), höfundr einn var þar til settr at skora þetta mál með sannindum, settusk margir í þetta sæti, ok kallaði höfundr öngum sæma, Þórir gengr seinastr ok sezk hann þegar í stólinn; höfundr mælti, þér er sætið hæfiligast, ok muntu dæmdr til þessarar stjórnar, Fas. i. 58: sigr-höfundr, the judge of victory, the Lord of battle, a name given to Odin by Egil, Stor. 21: lastly in Thorodd, skáld eru höfundar allrar rýnni eða máls-greina, sem smiðir málmgripa (?), eðr lögmenn laga, the poets are judges in all matters of grammar and syntax, as smiths in workmanship, and lawyers in law, Skálda (Thorodd) 164; this passage as well as the preceding is erroneously rendered in the earlier translations, as also in Lex. Poët.

II. an author, originator; the revival of this ancient word, in quite a different sense, is curious; it does not occur in any of the earliest glossaries of the 17th century nor in the Bible nor in Vídalín, but, as it seems for the first time, in the Lexidion Islandico-Latinum, published at Copenhagen A. D. 1734, as a rendering of the Latin auctor, and was probably inserted by some learned philologer (Jon Ólafsson?) from the passage in Skálda, by a mistake.

2. by the end of the century it came to be used = a writer, and is now freq. in that sense, either rit-höfundr or singly; but still in 1781, in the preface to Fél. of that year, ritsmiðr ( writ-smith) and höfundr are both used, shewing that the latter was not yet settled, though at present the use of this word is quite fixed.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HÖFUNDR

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

equity is a certain perfect reasoning which interprets and amends the written law; not embraced in any writing, but consisting simply in true reason — The Latin form is aequitas est perfecta quaedam ratio quae jus scriptum interpretatur et emendat; nulla scriptura comprehensa, sed solum in vera ratione consistens … Ballentine's law dictionary
The Byzantine Empire — The Byzantine Empire † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Byzantine Empire The ancient Roman Empire having been divided into two parts, an Eastern and a Western, the Eastern remained subject to successors of Constantine, whose capital was at … Catholic encyclopedia
The Renaissance — The Renaissance † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Renaissance The Renaissance may be considered in a general or a particular sense, as (1) the achievements of what is termed the modern spirit in opposition to the spirit which… … Catholic encyclopedia
Law of Jersey — The Law of Jersey has been influenced by several different legal traditions, in particular Norman customary law, English common law and modern French civil law.[1] The Bailiwick of Jersey is a separate jurisdiction from that of the United Kingdom … Wikipedia
Latin Rite — The Latin Rite is one of the 23 sui iuris particular Churches within the Catholic Church. This particular Church developed in western Europe and north Africa, where, from antiquity to the Renaissance, Latin was the principal language of education … Wikipedia
The Blessed Virgin Mary — The Blessed Virgin Mary † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Virgin Mary The Blessed Virgin Mary is the mother of Jesus Christ, the mother of God. In general, the theology and history of Mary the Mother of God follow the… … Catholic encyclopedia
Law Latin — Law Law (l[add]), n. [OE. lawe, laghe, AS. lagu, from the root of E. lie: akin to OS. lag, Icel. l[ o]g, Sw. lag, Dan. lov; cf. L. lex, E. legal. A law is that which is laid, set, or fixed; like statute, fr. L. statuere to make to stand. See… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Law Library of Congress — The Law Library of the United States Congress was established in 1832.Mission Statement From the Law Library of Congress website: The mission of the Law Library of Congress is to provide research and legal information to the U.S. Congress as well … Wikipedia
Latin America — Latin American redirects here. For Latin American people, see Latin Americans. Latin America Area 21,069,501 km2 (8,134,980 sq mi) Population 572,039,894 … Wikipedia
Law — (l[add]), n. [OE. lawe, laghe, AS. lagu, from the root of E. lie: akin to OS. lag, Icel. l[ o]g, Sw. lag, Dan. lov; cf. L. lex, E. legal. A law is that which is laid, set, or fixed; like statute, fr. L. statuere to make to stand. See {Lie} to be… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Law binding — Law Law (l[add]), n. [OE. lawe, laghe, AS. lagu, from the root of E. lie: akin to OS. lag, Icel. l[ o]g, Sw. lag, Dan. lov; cf. L. lex, E. legal. A law is that which is laid, set, or fixed; like statute, fr. L. statuere to make to stand. See… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

The Latin law

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

The Latin law

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: